MyDugsiStart learning

Juz 29: read word by word, with audio

Juz 29 of 30 · begins with تَبَـٰرَكَ ٱلَّذِى بِيَدِهِ ٱلْمُلْكُ · 431 verses

It covers Surah Al-Mulk verses 1–30, Surah Al-Qalam verses 1–52, Surah Al-Haqqah verses 1–52, Surah Al-Ma'arij verses 1–44, Surah Nuh verses 1–28, Surah Al-Jinn verses 1–28, Surah Al-Muzzammil verses 1–20, Surah Al-Muddaththir verses 1–56, Surah Al-Qiyamah verses 1–40, Surah Al-Insan verses 1–31 and Surah Al-Mursalat verses 1–50. Read it verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation, then the meaning of every word.

Jump to: Al-Mulk 1 · Al-Qalam 1 · Al-Haqqah 1 · Al-Ma'arij 1 · Nuh 1 · Al-Jinn 1 · Al-Muzzammil 1 · Al-Muddaththir 1 · Al-Qiyamah 1 · Al-Insan 1 · Al-Mursalat 1

Surah Al-Mulk الملك verses 1–30

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

تَبَـٰرَكَ ٱلَّذِى بِيَدِهِ ٱلْمُلْكُ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Transliteration tabāraka alladhī biyadihi l-mul'ku wahuwa ʿalā kulli shayin qadīrun

English Blessed is He in whose hand is dominion, and He is over all things competent -

  1. تَبَـٰرَكَtabārakaBlessed is
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīHe
  3. بِيَدِهِbiyadihiin Whose Hand
  4. ٱلْمُلْكُl-mul'ku(is) the Dominion
  5. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  6. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) over
  7. كُلِّkullievery
  8. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  9. قَدِيرٌqadīrunAll-Powerful

Verse 2

ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلْمَوْتَ وَٱلْحَيَوٰةَ لِيَبْلُوَكُمْ أَيُّكُمْ أَحْسَنُ عَمَلًا ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْغَفُورُ

Transliteration alladhī khalaqa l-mawta wal-ḥayata liyabluwakum ayyukum aḥsanu ʿamalan wahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-ghafūru

English [He] who created death and life to test you [as to] which of you is best in deed - and He is the Exalted in Might, the Forgiving -

  1. ٱلَّذِىalladhīThe One Who
  2. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  3. ٱلْمَوْتَl-mawtadeath
  4. وَٱلْحَيَوٰةَwal-ḥayataand life
  5. لِيَبْلُوَكُمْliyabluwakumthat He may test you
  6. أَيُّكُمْayyukumwhich of you
  7. أَحْسَنُaḥsanu(is) best
  8. عَمَلًۭا ۚʿamalan(in) deed
  9. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  10. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzu(is) the All-Mighty
  11. ٱلْغَفُورُl-ghafūruthe Oft-Forgiving

Verse 3

ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ سَبْعَ سَمَـٰوَٰتٍ طِبَاقًا ۖ مَّا تَرَىٰ فِى خَلْقِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ مِن تَفَـٰوُتٍ ۖ فَٱرْجِعِ ٱلْبَصَرَ هَلْ تَرَىٰ مِن فُطُورٍ

Transliteration alladhī khalaqa sabʿa samāwātin ṭibāqan mā tarā fī khalqi l-raḥmāni min tafāwutin fa-ir'jiʿi l-baṣara hal tarā min fuṭūrin

English [And] who created seven heavens in layers. You do not see in the creation of the Most Merciful any inconsistency. So return [your] vision [to the sky]; do you see any breaks?

  1. ٱلَّذِىalladhīThe One Who
  2. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  3. سَبْعَsabʿaseven
  4. سَمَـٰوَٰتٍۢsamāwātinheavens
  5. طِبَاقًۭا ۖṭibāqanone above another
  6. مَّاmāNot
  7. تَرَىٰtarāyou see
  8. فِىfīin
  9. خَلْقِkhalqi(the) creation
  10. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmāni(of) the Most Gracious
  11. مِنminany
  12. تَفَـٰوُتٍۢ ۖtafāwutinfault
  13. فَٱرْجِعِfa-ir'jiʿiSo return
  14. ٱلْبَصَرَl-baṣarathe vision
  15. هَلْhalcan
  16. تَرَىٰtarāyou see
  17. مِنminany
  18. فُطُورٍۢfuṭūrinflaw

Verse 4

ثُمَّ ٱرْجِعِ ٱلْبَصَرَ كَرَّتَيْنِ يَنقَلِبْ إِلَيْكَ ٱلْبَصَرُ خَاسِئًا وَهُوَ حَسِيرٌ

Transliteration thumma ir'jiʿi l-baṣara karratayni yanqalib ilayka l-baṣaru khāsi-an wahuwa ḥasīrun

English Then return [your] vision twice again. [Your] vision will return to you humbled while it is fatigued.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. ٱرْجِعِir'jiʿireturn
  3. ٱلْبَصَرَl-baṣarathe vision
  4. كَرَّتَيْنِkarrataynitwice (again)
  5. يَنقَلِبْyanqalibWill return
  6. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  7. ٱلْبَصَرُl-baṣaruthe vision
  8. خَاسِئًۭاkhāsi-anhumbled
  9. وَهُوَwahuwawhile it
  10. حَسِيرٌۭḥasīrun(is) fatigued

Verse 5

وَلَقَدْ زَيَّنَّا ٱلسَّمَآءَ ٱلدُّنْيَا بِمَصَـٰبِيحَ وَجَعَلْنَـٰهَا رُجُومًا لِّلشَّيَـٰطِينِ ۖ وَأَعْتَدْنَا لَهُمْ عَذَابَ ٱلسَّعِيرِ

Transliteration walaqad zayyannā l-samāa l-dun'yā bimaṣābīḥa wajaʿalnāhā rujūman lilshayāṭīni wa-aʿtadnā lahum ʿadhāba l-saʿīri

English And We have certainly beautified the nearest heaven with lamps [i.e., stars] and have made [from] them what is thrown at the devils and have prepared for them the punishment of the Blaze.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. زَيَّنَّاzayyannāWe have beautified
  3. ٱلسَّمَآءَl-samāathe heaven
  4. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yānearest
  5. بِمَصَـٰبِيحَbimaṣābīḥawith lamps
  6. وَجَعَلْنَـٰهَاwajaʿalnāhāand We have made them
  7. رُجُومًۭاrujūman(as) missiles
  8. لِّلشَّيَـٰطِينِ ۖlilshayāṭīnifor the devils
  9. وَأَعْتَدْنَاwa-aʿtadnāand We have prepared
  10. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  11. عَذَابَʿadhābapunishment
  12. ٱلسَّعِيرِl-saʿīri(of) the Blaze

Verse 6

وَلِلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِرَبِّهِمْ عَذَابُ جَهَنَّمَ ۖ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمَصِيرُ

Transliteration walilladhīna kafarū birabbihim ʿadhābu jahannama wabi'sa l-maṣīru

English And for those who disbelieved in their Lord is the punishment of Hell, and wretched is the destination.

  1. وَلِلَّذِينَwalilladhīnaAnd for those who
  2. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  3. بِرَبِّهِمْbirabbihimin their Lord
  4. عَذَابُʿadhābu(is the) punishment
  5. جَهَنَّمَ ۖjahannama(of) Hell
  6. وَبِئْسَwabi'saand wretched is
  7. ٱلْمَصِيرُl-maṣīruthe destination

Verse 7

إِذَآ أُلْقُوا۟ فِيهَا سَمِعُوا۟ لَهَا شَهِيقًا وَهِىَ تَفُورُ

Transliteration idhā ul'qū fīhā samiʿū lahā shahīqan wahiya tafūru

English When they are thrown into it, they hear from it a [dreadful] inhaling while it boils up.

  1. إِذَآidhāWhen
  2. أُلْقُوا۟ul'qūthey are thrown
  3. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  4. سَمِعُوا۟samiʿūthey will hear
  5. لَهَاlahāfrom it
  6. شَهِيقًۭاshahīqanan inhaling
  7. وَهِىَwahiyawhile it
  8. تَفُورُtafūruboils up

Verse 8

تَكَادُ تَمَيَّزُ مِنَ ٱلْغَيْظِ ۖ كُلَّمَآ أُلْقِىَ فِيهَا فَوْجٌ سَأَلَهُمْ خَزَنَتُهَآ أَلَمْ يَأْتِكُمْ نَذِيرٌ

Transliteration takādu tamayyazu mina l-ghayẓi kullamā ul'qiya fīhā fawjun sa-alahum khazanatuhā alam yatikum nadhīrun

English It almost bursts with rage. Every time a company is thrown into it, its keepers ask them, "Did there not come to you a warner?"

  1. تَكَادُtakāduIt almost
  2. تَمَيَّزُtamayyazubursts
  3. مِنَminafrom
  4. ٱلْغَيْظِ ۖl-ghayẓirage
  5. كُلَّمَآkullamāEvery time
  6. أُلْقِىَul'qiyais thrown
  7. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  8. فَوْجٌۭfawjuna group
  9. سَأَلَهُمْsa-alahum(will) ask them
  10. خَزَنَتُهَآkhazanatuhāits keepers
  11. أَلَمْalamDid not
  12. يَأْتِكُمْyatikumcome to you
  13. نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner

Verse 9

قَالُوا۟ بَلَىٰ قَدْ جَآءَنَا نَذِيرٌ فَكَذَّبْنَا وَقُلْنَا مَا نَزَّلَ ٱللَّهُ مِن شَىْءٍ إِنْ أَنتُمْ إِلَّا فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ كَبِيرٍ

Transliteration qālū balā qad jāanā nadhīrun fakadhabnā waqul'nā mā nazzala l-lahu min shayin in antum illā fī ḍalālin kabīrin

English They will say, "Yes, a warner had come to us, but we denied and said, 'Allāh has not sent down anything. You are not but in great error.'"

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
  2. بَلَىٰbalāYes
  3. قَدْqadindeed
  4. جَآءَنَاjāanācame to us
  5. نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
  6. فَكَذَّبْنَاfakadhabnābut we denied
  7. وَقُلْنَاwaqul'nāand we said
  8. مَاmāNot
  9. نَزَّلَnazzalahas sent down
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  11. مِنminany
  12. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  13. إِنْinNot
  14. أَنتُمْantumyou (are)
  15. إِلَّاillābut
  16. فِىfīin
  17. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinerror
  18. كَبِيرٍۢkabīringreat

Verse 10

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْ كُنَّا نَسْمَعُ أَوْ نَعْقِلُ مَا كُنَّا فِىٓ أَصْحَـٰبِ ٱلسَّعِيرِ

Transliteration waqālū law kunnā nasmaʿu aw naʿqilu mā kunnā fī aṣḥābi l-saʿīri

English And they will say, "If only we had been listening or reasoning, we would not be among the companions of the Blaze."

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they will say
  2. لَوْlawIf
  3. كُنَّاkunnāwe had
  4. نَسْمَعُnasmaʿulistened
  5. أَوْawor
  6. نَعْقِلُnaʿqilureasoned
  7. مَاmānot
  8. كُنَّاkunnāwe (would) have been
  9. فِىٓfīamong
  10. أَصْحَـٰبِaṣḥābi(the) companions
  11. ٱلسَّعِيرِl-saʿīri(of) the Blaze

Verse 11

فَٱعْتَرَفُوا۟ بِذَنۢبِهِمْ فَسُحْقًا لِّأَصْحَـٰبِ ٱلسَّعِيرِ

Transliteration fa-iʿ'tarafū bidhanbihim fasuḥ'qan li-aṣḥābi l-saʿīri

English And they will admit their sin, so [it is] alienation for the companions of the Blaze.

  1. فَٱعْتَرَفُوا۟fa-iʿ'tarafūThen they (will) confess
  2. بِذَنۢبِهِمْbidhanbihimtheir sins
  3. فَسُحْقًۭاfasuḥ'qanso away with
  4. لِّأَصْحَـٰبِli-aṣḥābi(the) companions
  5. ٱلسَّعِيرِl-saʿīri(of) the Blaze

Verse 12

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخْشَوْنَ رَبَّهُم بِٱلْغَيْبِ لَهُم مَّغْفِرَةٌ وَأَجْرٌ كَبِيرٌ

Transliteration inna alladhīna yakhshawna rabbahum bil-ghaybi lahum maghfiratun wa-ajrun kabīrun

English Indeed, those who fear their Lord unseen will have forgiveness and great reward.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. يَخْشَوْنَyakhshawnafear
  4. رَبَّهُمrabbahumtheir Lord
  5. بِٱلْغَيْبِbil-ghaybiunseen
  6. لَهُمlahumfor them
  7. مَّغْفِرَةٌۭmaghfiratun(is) forgiveness
  8. وَأَجْرٌۭwa-ajrunand a reward
  9. كَبِيرٌۭkabīrungreat

Verse 13

وَأَسِرُّوا۟ قَوْلَكُمْ أَوِ ٱجْهَرُوا۟ بِهِۦٓ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ عَلِيمٌۢ بِذَاتِ ٱلصُّدُورِ

Transliteration wa-asirrū qawlakum awi ij'harū bihi innahu ʿalīmun bidhāti l-ṣudūri

English And conceal your speech or publicize it; indeed, He is Knowing of that within the breasts.

  1. وَأَسِرُّوا۟wa-asirrūAnd conceal
  2. قَوْلَكُمْqawlakumyour speech
  3. أَوِawior
  4. ٱجْهَرُوا۟ij'harūproclaim
  5. بِهِۦٓ ۖbihiit
  6. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  7. عَلِيمٌۢʿalīmun(is the) All-Knower
  8. بِذَاتِbidhātiof what (is in)
  9. ٱلصُّدُورِl-ṣudūrithe breasts

Verse 14

أَلَا يَعْلَمُ مَنْ خَلَقَ وَهُوَ ٱللَّطِيفُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ

Transliteration alā yaʿlamu man khalaqa wahuwa l-laṭīfu l-khabīru

English Does He who created not know, while He is the Subtle, the Aware?

  1. أَلَاalāDoes not
  2. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuknow
  3. مَنْman(the One) Who
  4. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  5. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  6. ٱللَّطِيفُl-laṭīfu(is) the Subtle
  7. ٱلْخَبِيرُl-khabīruthe All-Aware

Verse 15

هُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلْأَرْضَ ذَلُولًا فَٱمْشُوا۟ فِى مَنَاكِبِهَا وَكُلُوا۟ مِن رِّزْقِهِۦ ۖ وَإِلَيْهِ ٱلنُّشُورُ

Transliteration huwa alladhī jaʿala lakumu l-arḍa dhalūlan fa-im'shū fī manākibihā wakulū min riz'qihi wa-ilayhi l-nushūru

English It is He who made the earth tame for you - so walk among its slopes and eat of His provision - and to Him is the resurrection.

  1. هُوَhuwaHe
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. جَعَلَjaʿalamade
  4. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  5. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  6. ذَلُولًۭاdhalūlansubservient
  7. فَٱمْشُوا۟fa-im'shūso walk
  8. فِىfīin
  9. مَنَاكِبِهَاmanākibihā(the) paths thereof
  10. وَكُلُوا۟wakulūand eat
  11. مِنminof
  12. رِّزْقِهِۦ ۖriz'qihiHis provision
  13. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  14. ٱلنُّشُورُl-nushūru(is) the Resurrection

Verse 16

ءَأَمِنتُم مَّن فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ أَن يَخْسِفَ بِكُمُ ٱلْأَرْضَ فَإِذَا هِىَ تَمُورُ

Transliteration a-amintum man fī l-samāi an yakhsifa bikumu l-arḍa fa-idhā hiya tamūru

English Do you feel secure that He who is above would not cause the earth to swallow you and suddenly it would sway?

  1. ءَأَمِنتُمa-amintumDo you feel secure
  2. مَّنman(from Him) Who
  3. فِىfī(is) in
  4. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe heaven
  5. أَنannot
  6. يَخْسِفَyakhsifaHe will cause to swallow
  7. بِكُمُbikumuyou
  8. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  9. فَإِذَاfa-idhāwhen
  10. هِىَhiyait
  11. تَمُورُtamūrusways

Verse 17

أَمْ أَمِنتُم مَّن فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ أَن يُرْسِلَ عَلَيْكُمْ حَاصِبًا ۖ فَسَتَعْلَمُونَ كَيْفَ نَذِيرِ

Transliteration am amintum man fī l-samāi an yur'sila ʿalaykum ḥāṣiban fasataʿlamūna kayfa nadhīri

English Or do you feel secure that He who is above would not send against you a storm of stones? Then you would know how [severe] was My warning.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. أَمِنتُمamintumdo you feel secure
  3. مَّنman(from Him) Who
  4. فِىfī(is) in
  5. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe heaven
  6. أَنanthat
  7. يُرْسِلَyur'silaHe will send
  8. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumagainst you
  9. حَاصِبًۭا ۖḥāṣibana storm of stones
  10. فَسَتَعْلَمُونَfasataʿlamūnaThen you would know
  11. كَيْفَkayfahow
  12. نَذِيرِnadhīri(was) My warning

Verse 18

وَلَقَدْ كَذَّبَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ فَكَيْفَ كَانَ نَكِيرِ

Transliteration walaqad kadhaba alladhīna min qablihim fakayfa kāna nakīri

English And already had those before them denied, and how [terrible] was My reproach.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd indeed
  2. كَذَّبَkadhabadenied
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. قَبْلِهِمْqablihimbefore them
  6. فَكَيْفَfakayfaand how
  7. كَانَkānawas
  8. نَكِيرِnakīriMy rejection

Verse 19

أَوَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ إِلَى ٱلطَّيْرِ فَوْقَهُمْ صَـٰٓفَّـٰتٍ وَيَقْبِضْنَ ۚ مَا يُمْسِكُهُنَّ إِلَّا ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍۭ بَصِيرٌ

Transliteration awalam yaraw ilā l-ṭayri fawqahum ṣāffātin wayaqbiḍ'na mā yum'sikuhunna illā l-raḥmānu innahu bikulli shayin baṣīrun

English Do they not see the birds above them with wings outspread and [sometimes] folded in? None holds them [aloft] except the Most Merciful. Indeed He is, of all things, Seeing.

  1. أَوَلَمْawalamDo not
  2. يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
  3. إِلَىilā[to]
  4. ٱلطَّيْرِl-ṭayrithe birds
  5. فَوْقَهُمْfawqahumabove them
  6. صَـٰٓفَّـٰتٍۢṣāffātinspreading (their wings)
  7. وَيَقْبِضْنَ ۚwayaqbiḍ'naand folding
  8. مَاmāNot
  9. يُمْسِكُهُنَّyum'sikuhunnaholds them
  10. إِلَّاillāexcept
  11. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ ۚl-raḥmānuthe Most Gracious
  12. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  13. بِكُلِّbikulli(is) of every
  14. شَىْءٍۭshayinthing
  15. بَصِيرٌbaṣīrunAll-Seer

Verse 20

أَمَّنْ هَـٰذَا ٱلَّذِى هُوَ جُندٌ لَّكُمْ يَنصُرُكُم مِّن دُونِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ۚ إِنِ ٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَ إِلَّا فِى غُرُورٍ

Transliteration amman hādhā alladhī huwa jundun lakum yanṣurukum min dūni l-raḥmāni ini l-kāfirūna illā fī ghurūrin

English Or who is it that could be an army for you to aid you other than the Most Merciful? The disbelievers are not but in delusion.

  1. أَمَّنْammanWho is
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  3. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe one
  4. هُوَhuwahe
  5. جُندٌۭjundun(is) an army
  6. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  7. يَنصُرُكُمyanṣurukumto help you
  8. مِّنminfrom
  9. دُونِdūnibesides
  10. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ۚl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  11. إِنِiniNot
  12. ٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَl-kāfirūna(are) the disbelievers
  13. إِلَّاillābut
  14. فِىfīin
  15. غُرُورٍghurūrindelusion

Verse 21

أَمَّنْ هَـٰذَا ٱلَّذِى يَرْزُقُكُمْ إِنْ أَمْسَكَ رِزْقَهُۥ ۚ بَل لَّجُّوا۟ فِى عُتُوٍّ وَنُفُورٍ

Transliteration amman hādhā alladhī yarzuqukum in amsaka riz'qahu bal lajjū fī ʿutuwwin wanufūrin

English Or who is it that could provide for you if He withheld His provision? But they have persisted in insolence and aversion.

  1. أَمَّنْammanWho is
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  3. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe one
  4. يَرْزُقُكُمْyarzuqukumto provide you
  5. إِنْinif
  6. أَمْسَكَamsakaHe withheld
  7. رِزْقَهُۥ ۚriz'qahuHis provision
  8. بَلbalNay
  9. لَّجُّوا۟lajjūthey persist
  10. فِىfīin
  11. عُتُوٍّۢʿutuwwinpride
  12. وَنُفُورٍwanufūrinand aversion

Verse 22

أَفَمَن يَمْشِى مُكِبًّا عَلَىٰ وَجْهِهِۦٓ أَهْدَىٰٓ أَمَّن يَمْشِى سَوِيًّا عَلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration afaman yamshī mukibban ʿalā wajhihi ahdā amman yamshī sawiyyan ʿalā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English Then is one who walks fallen on his face better guided or one who walks erect on a straight path?

  1. أَفَمَنafamanThen is he who
  2. يَمْشِىyamshīwalks
  3. مُكِبًّاmukibbanfallen
  4. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  5. وَجْهِهِۦٓwajhihihis face
  6. أَهْدَىٰٓahdābetter guided
  7. أَمَّنammanor (he) who
  8. يَمْشِىyamshīwalks
  9. سَوِيًّاsawiyyanupright
  10. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  11. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭin(the) Path
  12. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīminStraight

Verse 23

قُلْ هُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَكُمْ وَجَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلسَّمْعَ وَٱلْأَبْصَـٰرَ وَٱلْأَفْـِٔدَةَ ۖ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَشْكُرُونَ

Transliteration qul huwa alladhī ansha-akum wajaʿala lakumu l-samʿa wal-abṣāra wal-afidata qalīlan mā tashkurūna

English Say, "It is He who has produced you and made for you hearing and vision and hearts [i.e., intellect]; little are you grateful."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. هُوَhuwaHe
  3. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  4. أَنشَأَكُمْansha-akumproduced you
  5. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand made
  6. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  7. ٱلسَّمْعَl-samʿathe hearing
  8. وَٱلْأَبْصَـٰرَwal-abṣāraand the vision
  9. وَٱلْأَفْـِٔدَةَ ۖwal-afidataand the feelings
  10. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanLittle
  11. مَّاmā(is) what
  12. تَشْكُرُونَtashkurūnayou give thanks

Verse 24

قُلْ هُوَ ٱلَّذِى ذَرَأَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَإِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ

Transliteration qul huwa alladhī dhara-akum fī l-arḍi wa-ilayhi tuḥ'sharūna

English Say, "It is He who has multiplied you throughout the earth, and to Him you will be gathered."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. هُوَhuwaHe
  3. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  4. ذَرَأَكُمْdhara-akummultiplied you
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  7. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  8. تُحْشَرُونَtuḥ'sharūnayou will be gathered

Verse 25

وَيَقُولُونَ مَتَىٰ هَـٰذَا ٱلْوَعْدُ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration wayaqūlūna matā hādhā l-waʿdu in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English And they say, "When is this promise, if you should be truthful?"

  1. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaAnd they say
  2. مَتَىٰmatāWhen
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhā(is) this
  4. ٱلْوَعْدُl-waʿdupromise
  5. إِنinif
  6. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  7. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 26

قُلْ إِنَّمَا ٱلْعِلْمُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَإِنَّمَآ أَنَا۠ نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration qul innamā l-ʿil'mu ʿinda l-lahi wa-innamā anā nadhīrun mubīnun

English Say, "The knowledge is only with Allāh, and I am only a clear warner."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  3. ٱلْعِلْمُl-ʿil'muthe knowledge
  4. عِندَʿinda(is) with
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  6. وَإِنَّمَآwa-innamāand only
  7. أَنَا۠anāI am
  8. نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
  9. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 27

فَلَمَّا رَأَوْهُ زُلْفَةً سِيٓـَٔتْ وُجُوهُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَقِيلَ هَـٰذَا ٱلَّذِى كُنتُم بِهِۦ تَدَّعُونَ

Transliteration falammā ra-awhu zul'fatan sīat wujūhu alladhīna kafarū waqīla hādhā alladhī kuntum bihi taddaʿūna

English But when they see it approaching, the faces of those who disbelieve will be distressed, and it will be said, "This is that for which you used to call."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  2. رَأَوْهُra-awhuthey (will) see it
  3. زُلْفَةًۭzul'fatanapproaching
  4. سِيٓـَٔتْsīat(will be) distressed
  5. وُجُوهُwujūhu(the) faces
  6. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  7. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  8. وَقِيلَwaqīlaand it will be said
  9. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  10. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) that which
  11. كُنتُمkuntumyou used to
  12. بِهِۦbihifor it
  13. تَدَّعُونَtaddaʿūnacall

Verse 28

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِنْ أَهْلَكَنِىَ ٱللَّهُ وَمَن مَّعِىَ أَوْ رَحِمَنَا فَمَن يُجِيرُ ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ مِنْ عَذَابٍ أَلِيمٍ

Transliteration qul ara-aytum in ahlakaniya l-lahu waman maʿiya aw raḥimanā faman yujīru l-kāfirīna min ʿadhābin alīmin

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "Have you considered: whether Allāh should cause my death and those with me or have mercy upon us, who can protect the disbelievers from a painful punishment?"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَرَءَيْتُمْara-aytumHave you seen
  3. إِنْinif
  4. أَهْلَكَنِىَahlakaniyadestroys me
  5. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  6. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  7. مَّعِىَmaʿiya(is) with me
  8. أَوْawor
  9. رَحِمَنَاraḥimanāhas mercy upon us
  10. فَمَنfamanthen who
  11. يُجِيرُyujīru(can) protect
  12. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers
  13. مِنْminfrom
  14. عَذَابٍʿadhābina punishment
  15. أَلِيمٍۢalīminpainful

Verse 29

قُلْ هُوَ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُ ءَامَنَّا بِهِۦ وَعَلَيْهِ تَوَكَّلْنَا ۖ فَسَتَعْلَمُونَ مَنْ هُوَ فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration qul huwa l-raḥmānu āmannā bihi waʿalayhi tawakkalnā fasataʿlamūna man huwa fī ḍalālin mubīnin

English Say, "He is the Most Merciful; we have believed in Him, and upon Him we have relied. And you will [come to] know who it is that is in clear error."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. هُوَhuwaHe
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنُl-raḥmānu(is) the Most Gracious
  4. ءَامَنَّاāmannāwe believe
  5. بِهِۦbihiin Him
  6. وَعَلَيْهِwaʿalayhiand upon Him
  7. تَوَكَّلْنَا ۖtawakkalnāwe put (our) trust
  8. فَسَتَعْلَمُونَfasataʿlamūnaSo you will know
  9. مَنْmanwho
  10. هُوَhuwa(is) it
  11. فِىfī(that is) in
  12. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinerror
  13. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 30

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِنْ أَصْبَحَ مَآؤُكُمْ غَوْرًا فَمَن يَأْتِيكُم بِمَآءٍ مَّعِينٍۭ

Transliteration qul ara-aytum in aṣbaḥa māukum ghawran faman yatīkum bimāin maʿīnin

English Say, "Have you considered: if your water was to become sunken [into the earth], then who could bring you flowing water?"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَرَءَيْتُمْara-aytumHave you seen
  3. إِنْinif
  4. أَصْبَحَaṣbaḥabecomes
  5. مَآؤُكُمْmāukumyour water
  6. غَوْرًۭاghawransunken
  7. فَمَنfamanthen who
  8. يَأْتِيكُمyatīkumcould bring you
  9. بِمَآءٍۢbimāinwater
  10. مَّعِينٍۭmaʿīninflowing

Surah Al-Qalam القلم verses 1–52

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

نٓ ۚ وَٱلْقَلَمِ وَمَا يَسْطُرُونَ

Transliteration noon wal-qalami wamā yasṭurūna

English Nūn. By the pen and what they inscribe,

  1. نٓ ۚnoonNun
  2. وَٱلْقَلَمِwal-qalamiBy the pen
  3. وَمَاwamāand what
  4. يَسْطُرُونَyasṭurūnathey write

Verse 2

مَآ أَنتَ بِنِعْمَةِ رَبِّكَ بِمَجْنُونٍ

Transliteration mā anta biniʿ'mati rabbika bimajnūnin

English You are not, [O Muḥammad], by the favor of your Lord, a madman.

  1. مَآmāNot
  2. أَنتَantayou (are)
  3. بِنِعْمَةِbiniʿ'matiby (the) Grace
  4. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  5. بِمَجْنُونٍۢbimajnūnina madman

Verse 3

وَإِنَّ لَكَ لَأَجْرًا غَيْرَ مَمْنُونٍ

Transliteration wa-inna laka la-ajran ghayra mamnūnin

English And indeed, for you is a reward uninterrupted.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. لَكَlakafor you
  3. لَأَجْرًاla-ajransurely (is) a reward
  4. غَيْرَghayrawithout
  5. مَمْنُونٍۢmamnūninend

Verse 4

وَإِنَّكَ لَعَلَىٰ خُلُقٍ عَظِيمٍ

Transliteration wa-innaka laʿalā khuluqin ʿaẓīmin

English And indeed, you are of a great moral character.

  1. وَإِنَّكَwa-innakaAnd indeed, you
  2. لَعَلَىٰlaʿalāsurely (are)
  3. خُلُقٍkhuluqin(of) a moral character
  4. عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīmingreat

Verse 5

فَسَتُبْصِرُ وَيُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration fasatub'ṣiru wayub'ṣirūna

English So you will see and they will see.

  1. فَسَتُبْصِرُfasatub'ṣiruSo you will see
  2. وَيُبْصِرُونَwayub'ṣirūnaand they will see

Verse 6

بِأَييِّكُمُ ٱلْمَفْتُونُ

Transliteration bi-ayyikumu l-maftūnu

English Which of you is the afflicted [by a devil].

  1. بِأَييِّكُمُbi-ayyikumuWhich of you
  2. ٱلْمَفْتُونُl-maftūnu(is) the afflicted one

Verse 7

إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِمَن ضَلَّ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ وَهُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ

Transliteration inna rabbaka huwa aʿlamu biman ḍalla ʿan sabīlihi wahuwa aʿlamu bil-muh'tadīna

English Indeed, your Lord is most knowing of who has gone astray from His way, and He is most knowing of the [rightly] guided.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. هُوَhuwaHe
  4. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  5. بِمَنbimanof (he) who
  6. ضَلَّḍallahas strayed
  7. عَنʿanfrom
  8. سَبِيلِهِۦsabīlihiHis way
  9. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  10. أَعْلَمُaʿlamu(is) most knowing
  11. بِٱلْمُهْتَدِينَbil-muh'tadīnaof the guided ones

Verse 8

فَلَا تُطِعِ ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration falā tuṭiʿi l-mukadhibīna

English Then do not obey the deniers.

  1. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  2. تُطِعِtuṭiʿiobey
  3. ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَl-mukadhibīnathe deniers

Verse 9

وَدُّوا۟ لَوْ تُدْهِنُ فَيُدْهِنُونَ

Transliteration waddū law tud'hinu fayud'hinūna

English They wish that you would soften [in your position], so they would soften [toward you].

  1. وَدُّوا۟waddūThey wish
  2. لَوْlawthat
  3. تُدْهِنُtud'hinuyou should compromise
  4. فَيُدْهِنُونَfayud'hinūnaso they would compromise

Verse 10

وَلَا تُطِعْ كُلَّ حَلَّافٍ مَّهِينٍ

Transliteration walā tuṭiʿ kulla ḥallāfin mahīnin

English And do not obey every worthless habitual swearer

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تُطِعْtuṭiʿobey
  3. كُلَّkullaevery
  4. حَلَّافٍۢḥallāfinhabitual swearer
  5. مَّهِينٍmahīninworthless

Verse 11

هَمَّازٍ مَّشَّآءٍۭ بِنَمِيمٍ

Transliteration hammāzin mashāin binamīmin

English [And] scorner, going about with malicious gossip -

  1. هَمَّازٍۢhammāzinDefamer
  2. مَّشَّآءٍۭmashāingoing about
  3. بِنَمِيمٍۢbinamīminwith malicious gossip

Verse 12

مَّنَّاعٍ لِّلْخَيْرِ مُعْتَدٍ أَثِيمٍ

Transliteration mannāʿin lil'khayri muʿ'tadin athīmin

English A preventer of good, transgressing and sinful,

  1. مَّنَّاعٍۢmannāʿinA preventer
  2. لِّلْخَيْرِlil'khayriof (the) good
  3. مُعْتَدٍmuʿ'tadintransgressor
  4. أَثِيمٍathīminsinful

Verse 13

عُتُلٍّۭ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ زَنِيمٍ

Transliteration ʿutullin baʿda dhālika zanīmin

English Cruel, moreover, and an illegitimate pretender.

  1. عُتُلٍّۭʿutullinCruel
  2. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  3. ذَٰلِكَdhālika(all) that
  4. زَنِيمٍzanīminutterly useless

Verse 14

أَن كَانَ ذَا مَالٍ وَبَنِينَ

Transliteration an kāna dhā mālin wabanīna

English Because he is a possessor of wealth and children,

  1. أَنanBecause
  2. كَانَkāna(he) is
  3. ذَاdhāa possessor
  4. مَالٍۢmālin(of) wealth
  5. وَبَنِينَwabanīnaand children

Verse 15

إِذَا تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِ ءَايَـٰتُنَا قَالَ أَسَـٰطِيرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration idhā tut'lā ʿalayhi āyātunā qāla asāṭīru l-awalīna

English When Our verses are recited to him, he says, "Legends of the former peoples."

  1. إِذَاidhāWhen
  2. تُتْلَىٰtut'lāare recited
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  4. ءَايَـٰتُنَاāyātunāOur Verses
  5. قَالَqālahe says
  6. أَسَـٰطِيرُasāṭīruStories
  7. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former (people)

Verse 16

سَنَسِمُهُۥ عَلَى ٱلْخُرْطُومِ

Transliteration sanasimuhu ʿalā l-khur'ṭūmi

English We will brand him upon the snout.

  1. سَنَسِمُهُۥsanasimuhuWe will brand him
  2. عَلَىʿalāon
  3. ٱلْخُرْطُومِl-khur'ṭūmithe snout

Verse 17

إِنَّا بَلَوْنَـٰهُمْ كَمَا بَلَوْنَآ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ إِذْ أَقْسَمُوا۟ لَيَصْرِمُنَّهَا مُصْبِحِينَ

Transliteration innā balawnāhum kamā balawnā aṣḥāba l-janati idh aqsamū layaṣrimunnahā muṣ'biḥīna

English Indeed, We have tried them as We tried the companions of the garden, when they swore to cut its fruit in the [early] morning

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. بَلَوْنَـٰهُمْbalawnāhumhave tried them
  3. كَمَاkamāas
  4. بَلَوْنَآbalawnāWe tried
  5. أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(the) companions
  6. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janati(of) the garden
  7. إِذْidhwhen
  8. أَقْسَمُوا۟aqsamūthey swore
  9. لَيَصْرِمُنَّهَاlayaṣrimunnahāto pluck its fruit
  10. مُصْبِحِينَmuṣ'biḥīna(in the) morning

Verse 18

وَلَا يَسْتَثْنُونَ

Transliteration walā yastathnūna

English Without making exception.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. يَسْتَثْنُونَyastathnūnamaking exception

Verse 19

فَطَافَ عَلَيْهَا طَآئِفٌ مِّن رَّبِّكَ وَهُمْ نَآئِمُونَ

Transliteration faṭāfa ʿalayhā ṭāifun min rabbika wahum nāimūna

English So there came upon it [i.e., the garden] an affliction from your Lord while they were asleep.

  1. فَطَافَfaṭāfaSo there came
  2. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāupon it
  3. طَآئِفٌۭṭāifuna visitation
  4. مِّنminfrom
  5. رَّبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  6. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  7. نَآئِمُونَnāimūnawere asleep

Verse 20

فَأَصْبَحَتْ كَٱلصَّرِيمِ

Transliteration fa-aṣbaḥat kal-ṣarīmi

English And it became as though reaped.

  1. فَأَصْبَحَتْfa-aṣbaḥatSo it became
  2. كَٱلصَّرِيمِkal-ṣarīmias if reaped

Verse 21

فَتَنَادَوْا۟ مُصْبِحِينَ

Transliteration fatanādaw muṣ'biḥīna

English And they called one another at morning,

  1. فَتَنَادَوْا۟fatanādawAnd they called one another
  2. مُصْبِحِينَmuṣ'biḥīna(at) morning

Verse 22

أَنِ ٱغْدُوا۟ عَلَىٰ حَرْثِكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰرِمِينَ

Transliteration ani igh'dū ʿalā ḥarthikum in kuntum ṣārimīna

English [Saying], "Go early to your crop if you would cut the fruit."

  1. أَنِaniThat
  2. ٱغْدُوا۟igh'dūGo early
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  4. حَرْثِكُمْḥarthikumyour crop
  5. إِنinif
  6. كُنتُمْkuntumyou would
  7. صَـٰرِمِينَṣārimīnapluck (the) fruit

Verse 23

فَٱنطَلَقُوا۟ وَهُمْ يَتَخَـٰفَتُونَ

Transliteration fa-inṭalaqū wahum yatakhāfatūna

English So they set out, while lowering their voices,

  1. فَٱنطَلَقُوا۟fa-inṭalaqūSo they went
  2. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  3. يَتَخَـٰفَتُونَyatakhāfatūnalowered (their) voices

Verse 24

أَن لَّا يَدْخُلَنَّهَا ٱلْيَوْمَ عَلَيْكُم مِّسْكِينٌ

Transliteration an lā yadkhulannahā l-yawma ʿalaykum mis'kīnun

English [Saying], "There will surely not enter it today upon you [any] poor person."

  1. أَنanThat
  2. لَّاlāNot
  3. يَدْخُلَنَّهَاyadkhulannahāwill enter it
  4. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  5. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumupon you
  6. مِّسْكِينٌۭmis'kīnunany poor person

Verse 25

وَغَدَوْا۟ عَلَىٰ حَرْدٍ قَـٰدِرِينَ

Transliteration waghadaw ʿalā ḥardin qādirīna

English And they went early in determination, [assuming themselves] able.

  1. وَغَدَوْا۟waghadawAnd they went early
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāwith
  3. حَرْدٍۢḥardindetermination
  4. قَـٰدِرِينَqādirīnaable

Verse 26

فَلَمَّا رَأَوْهَا قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا لَضَآلُّونَ

Transliteration falammā ra-awhā qālū innā laḍāllūna

English But when they saw it, they said, "Indeed, we are lost;

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  2. رَأَوْهَاra-awhāthey saw it
  3. قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey said
  4. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  5. لَضَآلُّونَlaḍāllūna(are) surely lost

Verse 27

بَلْ نَحْنُ مَحْرُومُونَ

Transliteration bal naḥnu maḥrūmūna

English Rather, we have been deprived."

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. نَحْنُnaḥnuWe
  3. مَحْرُومُونَmaḥrūmūna(are) deprived

Verse 28

قَالَ أَوْسَطُهُمْ أَلَمْ أَقُل لَّكُمْ لَوْلَا تُسَبِّحُونَ

Transliteration qāla awsaṭuhum alam aqul lakum lawlā tusabbiḥūna

English The most moderate of them said, "Did I not say to you, 'Why do you not exalt [Allāh]?'"

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. أَوْسَطُهُمْawsaṭuhum(the) most moderate of them
  3. أَلَمْalamDid not
  4. أَقُلaqulI tell
  5. لَّكُمْlakumyou
  6. لَوْلَاlawlā'Why not
  7. تُسَبِّحُونَtusabbiḥūnayou glorify (Allah)?'

Verse 29

قَالُوا۟ سُبْحَـٰنَ رَبِّنَآ إِنَّا كُنَّا ظَـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration qālū sub'ḥāna rabbinā innā kunnā ẓālimīna

English They said, "Exalted is our Lord! Indeed, we were wrongdoers."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. سُبْحَـٰنَsub'ḥānaGlory be
  3. رَبِّنَآrabbinā(to) our Lord
  4. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  5. كُنَّاkunnā[we] were
  6. ظَـٰلِمِينَẓālimīnawrongdoers

Verse 30

فَأَقْبَلَ بَعْضُهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ يَتَلَـٰوَمُونَ

Transliteration fa-aqbala baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin yatalāwamūna

English Then they approached one another, blaming each other.

  1. فَأَقْبَلَfa-aqbalaThen approached
  2. بَعْضُهُمْbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāto
  4. بَعْضٍۢbaʿḍinothers
  5. يَتَلَـٰوَمُونَyatalāwamūnablaming each other

Verse 31

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰوَيْلَنَآ إِنَّا كُنَّا طَـٰغِينَ

Transliteration qālū yāwaylanā innā kunnā ṭāghīna

English They said, "O woe to us; indeed we were transgressors.

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰوَيْلَنَآyāwaylanāO woe to us
  3. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  4. كُنَّاkunnā[we] were
  5. طَـٰغِينَṭāghīnatransgressors

Verse 32

عَسَىٰ رَبُّنَآ أَن يُبْدِلَنَا خَيْرًا مِّنْهَآ إِنَّآ إِلَىٰ رَبِّنَا رَٰغِبُونَ

Transliteration ʿasā rabbunā an yub'dilanā khayran min'hā innā ilā rabbinā rāghibūna

English Perhaps our Lord will substitute for us [one] better than it. Indeed, we are toward our Lord desirous."

  1. عَسَىٰʿasāPerhaps
  2. رَبُّنَآrabbunāour Lord
  3. أَنan[that]
  4. يُبْدِلَنَاyub'dilanāwill substitute for us
  5. خَيْرًۭاkhayrana better
  6. مِّنْهَآmin'hāthan it
  7. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, we
  8. إِلَىٰilāto
  9. رَبِّنَاrabbināour Lord
  10. رَٰغِبُونَrāghibūnaturn devoutly

Verse 33

كَذَٰلِكَ ٱلْعَذَابُ ۖ وَلَعَذَابُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ أَكْبَرُ ۚ لَوْ كَانُوا۟ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration kadhālika l-ʿadhābu walaʿadhābu l-ākhirati akbaru law kānū yaʿlamūna

English Such is the punishment [of this world]. And the punishment of the Hereafter is greater, if they only knew.

  1. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaSuch
  2. ٱلْعَذَابُ ۖl-ʿadhābu(is) the punishment
  3. وَلَعَذَابُwalaʿadhābuAnd surely the punishment
  4. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhirati(of) the Hereafter
  5. أَكْبَرُ ۚakbaru(is) greater
  6. لَوْlawif
  7. كَانُوا۟kānūthey
  8. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 34

إِنَّ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ جَنَّـٰتِ ٱلنَّعِيمِ

Transliteration inna lil'muttaqīna ʿinda rabbihim jannāti l-naʿīmi

English Indeed, for the righteous with their Lord are the Gardens of Pleasure.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. لِلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīnafor the righteous
  3. عِندَʿindawith
  4. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  5. جَنَّـٰتِjannāti(are) Gardens
  6. ٱلنَّعِيمِl-naʿīmi(of) Delight

Verse 35

أَفَنَجْعَلُ ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَ كَٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration afanajʿalu l-mus'limīna kal-muj'rimīna

English Then will We treat the Muslims like the criminals?

  1. أَفَنَجْعَلُafanajʿaluThen will We treat
  2. ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَl-mus'limīnathe Muslims
  3. كَٱلْمُجْرِمِينَkal-muj'rimīnalike the criminals

Verse 36

مَا لَكُمْ كَيْفَ تَحْكُمُونَ

Transliteration mā lakum kayfa taḥkumūna

English What is [the matter] with you? How do you judge?

  1. مَاmāWhat
  2. لَكُمْlakum(is) for you
  3. كَيْفَkayfaHow
  4. تَحْكُمُونَtaḥkumūna(do) you judge

Verse 37

أَمْ لَكُمْ كِتَـٰبٌ فِيهِ تَدْرُسُونَ

Transliteration am lakum kitābun fīhi tadrusūna

English Or do you have a scripture in which you learn

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. لَكُمْlakum(is) for you
  3. كِتَـٰبٌۭkitābuna book
  4. فِيهِfīhiwherein
  5. تَدْرُسُونَtadrusūnayou learn

Verse 38

إِنَّ لَكُمْ فِيهِ لَمَا تَخَيَّرُونَ

Transliteration inna lakum fīhi lamā takhayyarūna

English That indeed for you is whatever you choose?

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  3. فِيهِfīhiin it
  4. لَمَاlamāwhat
  5. تَخَيَّرُونَtakhayyarūnayou choose

Verse 39

أَمْ لَكُمْ أَيْمَـٰنٌ عَلَيْنَا بَـٰلِغَةٌ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۙ إِنَّ لَكُمْ لَمَا تَحْكُمُونَ

Transliteration am lakum aymānun ʿalaynā bālighatun ilā yawmi l-qiyāmati inna lakum lamā taḥkumūna

English Or do you have oaths [binding] upon Us, extending until the Day of Resurrection, that indeed for you is whatever you judge?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  3. أَيْمَـٰنٌaymānunoaths
  4. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāfrom us
  5. بَـٰلِغَةٌbālighatunreaching
  6. إِلَىٰilāto
  7. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  8. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۙl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  9. إِنَّinnaindeed
  10. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  11. لَمَاlamā(is) what
  12. تَحْكُمُونَtaḥkumūnayou judge

Verse 40

سَلْهُمْ أَيُّهُم بِذَٰلِكَ زَعِيمٌ

Transliteration salhum ayyuhum bidhālika zaʿīmun

English Ask them which of them, for that [claim], is responsible.

  1. سَلْهُمْsalhumAsk them
  2. أَيُّهُمayyuhumwhich of them
  3. بِذَٰلِكَbidhālikafor that
  4. زَعِيمٌzaʿīmun(is) responsible

Verse 41

أَمْ لَهُمْ شُرَكَآءُ فَلْيَأْتُوا۟ بِشُرَكَآئِهِمْ إِن كَانُوا۟ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration am lahum shurakāu falyatū bishurakāihim in kānū ṣādiqīna

English Or do they have partners? Then let them bring their partners, if they should be truthful.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. لَهُمْlahum(are) for them
  3. شُرَكَآءُshurakāupartners
  4. فَلْيَأْتُوا۟falyatūThen let them bring
  5. بِشُرَكَآئِهِمْbishurakāihimtheir partners
  6. إِنinif
  7. كَانُوا۟kānūthey are
  8. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 42

يَوْمَ يُكْشَفُ عَن سَاقٍ وَيُدْعَوْنَ إِلَى ٱلسُّجُودِ فَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ

Transliteration yawma yuk'shafu ʿan sāqin wayud'ʿawna ilā l-sujūdi falā yastaṭīʿūna

English The Day the shin will be uncovered and they are invited to prostration but they [i.e., the disbelievers] will not be able,

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. يُكْشَفُyuk'shafuwill be uncovered
  3. عَنʿanfrom
  4. سَاقٍۢsāqinthe shin
  5. وَيُدْعَوْنَwayud'ʿawnaand they will be called
  6. إِلَىilāto
  7. ٱلسُّجُودِl-sujūdiprostrate
  8. فَلَاfalābut not
  9. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey will be able

Verse 43

خَـٰشِعَةً أَبْصَـٰرُهُمْ تَرْهَقُهُمْ ذِلَّةٌ ۖ وَقَدْ كَانُوا۟ يُدْعَوْنَ إِلَى ٱلسُّجُودِ وَهُمْ سَـٰلِمُونَ

Transliteration khāshiʿatan abṣāruhum tarhaquhum dhillatun waqad kānū yud'ʿawna ilā l-sujūdi wahum sālimūna

English Their eyes humbled, humiliation will cover them. And they used to be invited to prostration while they were sound.

  1. خَـٰشِعَةًkhāshiʿatanHumbled
  2. أَبْصَـٰرُهُمْabṣāruhumtheir eyes
  3. تَرْهَقُهُمْtarhaquhumwill cover them
  4. ذِلَّةٌۭ ۖdhillatunhumiliation
  5. وَقَدْwaqadAnd indeed
  6. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  7. يُدْعَوْنَyud'ʿawnacalled
  8. إِلَىilāto
  9. ٱلسُّجُودِl-sujūdiprostrate
  10. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  11. سَـٰلِمُونَsālimūna(were) sound

Verse 44

فَذَرْنِى وَمَن يُكَذِّبُ بِهَـٰذَا ٱلْحَدِيثِ ۖ سَنَسْتَدْرِجُهُم مِّنْ حَيْثُ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration fadharnī waman yukadhibu bihādhā l-ḥadīthi sanastadrijuhum min ḥaythu lā yaʿlamūna

English So leave Me, [O Muḥammad], with [the matter of] whoever denies this statement [i.e., the Qur’ān]. We will progressively lead them [to punishment] from where they do not know.

  1. فَذَرْنِىfadharnīSo leave Me
  2. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  3. يُكَذِّبُyukadhibudenies
  4. بِهَـٰذَاbihādhāthis
  5. ٱلْحَدِيثِ ۖl-ḥadīthiStatement
  6. سَنَسْتَدْرِجُهُمsanastadrijuhumWe will progressively lead them
  7. مِّنْminfrom
  8. حَيْثُḥaythuwhere
  9. لَاlānot
  10. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnathey know

Verse 45

وَأُمْلِى لَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ كَيْدِى مَتِينٌ

Transliteration wa-um'lī lahum inna kaydī matīnun

English And I will give them time. Indeed, My plan is firm.

  1. وَأُمْلِىwa-um'līAnd I will give respite
  2. لَهُمْ ۚlahumto them
  3. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  4. كَيْدِىkaydīMy plan
  5. مَتِينٌmatīnun(is) firm

Verse 46

أَمْ تَسْـَٔلُهُمْ أَجْرًا فَهُم مِّن مَّغْرَمٍ مُّثْقَلُونَ

Transliteration am tasaluhum ajran fahum min maghramin muth'qalūna

English Or do you ask of them a payment, so they are by debt burdened down?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. تَسْـَٔلُهُمْtasaluhumyou ask them
  3. أَجْرًۭاajrana payment
  4. فَهُمfahumso they
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. مَّغْرَمٍۢmaghramin(the) debt
  7. مُّثْقَلُونَmuth'qalūna(are) burdened

Verse 47

أَمْ عِندَهُمُ ٱلْغَيْبُ فَهُمْ يَكْتُبُونَ

Transliteration am ʿindahumu l-ghaybu fahum yaktubūna

English Or have they [knowledge of] the unseen, so they write [it] down?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. عِندَهُمُʿindahumu(is) with them
  3. ٱلْغَيْبُl-ghaybuthe unseen
  4. فَهُمْfahumso they
  5. يَكْتُبُونَyaktubūnawrite it

Verse 48

فَٱصْبِرْ لِحُكْمِ رَبِّكَ وَلَا تَكُن كَصَاحِبِ ٱلْحُوتِ إِذْ نَادَىٰ وَهُوَ مَكْظُومٌ

Transliteration fa-iṣ'bir liḥuk'mi rabbika walā takun kaṣāḥibi l-ḥūti idh nādā wahuwa makẓūmun

English Then be patient for the decision of your Lord, [O Muḥammad], and be not like the companion of the fish [i.e., Jonah] when he called out while he was distressed.

  1. فَٱصْبِرْfa-iṣ'birSo be patient
  2. لِحُكْمِliḥuk'mifor (the) decision
  3. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  4. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  5. تَكُنtakunbe
  6. كَصَاحِبِkaṣāḥibilike (the) companion
  7. ٱلْحُوتِl-ḥūti(of) the fish
  8. إِذْidhwhen
  9. نَادَىٰnādāhe called out
  10. وَهُوَwahuwawhile he
  11. مَكْظُومٌۭmakẓūmun(was) distressed

Verse 49

لَّوْلَآ أَن تَدَٰرَكَهُۥ نِعْمَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ لَنُبِذَ بِٱلْعَرَآءِ وَهُوَ مَذْمُومٌ

Transliteration lawlā an tadārakahu niʿ'matun min rabbihi lanubidha bil-ʿarāi wahuwa madhmūmun

English If not that a favor [i.e., mercy] from his Lord overtook him, he would have been thrown onto the naked shore while he was censured.

  1. لَّوْلَآlawlāIf not
  2. أَنanthat
  3. تَدَٰرَكَهُۥtadārakahuovertook him
  4. نِعْمَةٌۭniʿ'matuna Favor
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّهِۦrabbihihis Lord
  7. لَنُبِذَlanubidhasurely he would have been thrown
  8. بِٱلْعَرَآءِbil-ʿarāionto (the) naked shore
  9. وَهُوَwahuwawhile he
  10. مَذْمُومٌۭmadhmūmun(was) blamed

Verse 50

فَٱجْتَبَـٰهُ رَبُّهُۥ فَجَعَلَهُۥ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration fa-ij'tabāhu rabbuhu fajaʿalahu mina l-ṣāliḥīna

English And his Lord chose him and made him of the righteous.

  1. فَٱجْتَبَـٰهُfa-ij'tabāhuBut chose him
  2. رَبُّهُۥrabbuhuhis Lord
  3. فَجَعَلَهُۥfajaʿalahuand made him
  4. مِنَminaof
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَl-ṣāliḥīnathe righteous

Verse 51

وَإِن يَكَادُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَيُزْلِقُونَكَ بِأَبْصَـٰرِهِمْ لَمَّا سَمِعُوا۟ ٱلذِّكْرَ وَيَقُولُونَ إِنَّهُۥ لَمَجْنُونٌ

Transliteration wa-in yakādu alladhīna kafarū layuz'liqūnaka bi-abṣārihim lammā samiʿū l-dhik'ra wayaqūlūna innahu lamajnūnun

English And indeed, those who disbelieve would almost make you slip with their eyes [i.e., looks] when they hear the message, and they say, "Indeed, he is mad."

  1. وَإِنwa-inAnd indeed
  2. يَكَادُyakāduwould almost
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  5. لَيُزْلِقُونَكَlayuz'liqūnakasurely make you slip
  6. بِأَبْصَـٰرِهِمْbi-abṣārihimwith their look
  7. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  8. سَمِعُوا۟samiʿūthey hear
  9. ٱلذِّكْرَl-dhik'rathe Message
  10. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaand they say
  11. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  12. لَمَجْنُونٌۭlamajnūnun(is) surely mad

Verse 52

وَمَا هُوَ إِلَّا ذِكْرٌ لِّلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration wamā huwa illā dhik'run lil'ʿālamīna

English But it is not except a reminder to the worlds.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. هُوَhuwait (is)
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. ذِكْرٌۭdhik'runa Reminder
  5. لِّلْعَـٰلَمِينَlil'ʿālamīnato the worlds

Surah Al-Haqqah الحاقة verses 1–52

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

ٱلْحَآقَّةُ

Transliteration al-ḥāqatu

English The Inevitable Reality -

  1. ٱلْحَآقَّةُal-ḥāqatuThe Inevitable Reality

Verse 2

مَا ٱلْحَآقَّةُ

Transliteration mā l-ḥāqatu

English What is the Inevitable Reality?

  1. مَاmāWhat
  2. ٱلْحَآقَّةُl-ḥāqatu(is) the Inevitable Reality

Verse 3

وَمَآ أَدْرَىٰكَ مَا ٱلْحَآقَّةُ

Transliteration wamā adrāka mā l-ḥāqatu

English And what can make you know what is the Inevitable Reality?

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd what
  2. أَدْرَىٰكَadrākawill make you know
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. ٱلْحَآقَّةُl-ḥāqatu(is) the Inevitable Reality

Verse 4

كَذَّبَتْ ثَمُودُ وَعَادٌۢ بِٱلْقَارِعَةِ

Transliteration kadhabat thamūdu waʿādun bil-qāriʿati

English Thamūd and ʿAad denied the Striking Calamity [i.e., the Resurrection].

  1. كَذَّبَتْkadhabatDenied
  2. ثَمُودُthamūduThamud
  3. وَعَادٌۢwaʿādunand Aad
  4. بِٱلْقَارِعَةِbil-qāriʿatithe Striking Calamity

Verse 5

فَأَمَّا ثَمُودُ فَأُهْلِكُوا۟ بِٱلطَّاغِيَةِ

Transliteration fa-ammā thamūdu fa-uh'likū bil-ṭāghiyati

English So as for Thamūd, they were destroyed by the overpowering [blast].

  1. فَأَمَّاfa-ammāSo as for
  2. ثَمُودُthamūduThamud
  3. فَأُهْلِكُوا۟fa-uh'likūthey were destroyed
  4. بِٱلطَّاغِيَةِbil-ṭāghiyatiby the overpowering (blast)

Verse 6

وَأَمَّا عَادٌ فَأُهْلِكُوا۟ بِرِيحٍ صَرْصَرٍ عَاتِيَةٍ

Transliteration wa-ammā ʿādun fa-uh'likū birīḥin ṣarṣarin ʿātiyatin

English And as for ʿAad, they were destroyed by a screaming, violent wind

  1. وَأَمَّاwa-ammāAnd as for
  2. عَادٌۭʿādunAad
  3. فَأُهْلِكُوا۟fa-uh'likūthey were destroyed
  4. بِرِيحٍۢbirīḥinby a wind
  5. صَرْصَرٍṣarṣarinscreaming
  6. عَاتِيَةٍۢʿātiyatinviolent

Verse 7

سَخَّرَهَا عَلَيْهِمْ سَبْعَ لَيَالٍ وَثَمَـٰنِيَةَ أَيَّامٍ حُسُومًا فَتَرَى ٱلْقَوْمَ فِيهَا صَرْعَىٰ كَأَنَّهُمْ أَعْجَازُ نَخْلٍ خَاوِيَةٍ

Transliteration sakharahā ʿalayhim sabʿa layālin wathamāniyata ayyāmin ḥusūman fatarā l-qawma fīhā ṣarʿā ka-annahum aʿjāzu nakhlin khāwiyatin

English Which He [i.e., Allāh] imposed upon them for seven nights and eight days in succession, so you would see the people therein fallen as if they were hollow trunks of palm trees.

  1. سَخَّرَهَاsakharahāWhich He imposed
  2. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimupon them
  3. سَبْعَsabʿa(for) seven
  4. لَيَالٍۢlayālinnights
  5. وَثَمَـٰنِيَةَwathamāniyataand eight
  6. أَيَّامٍayyāmindays
  7. حُسُومًۭاḥusūman(in) succession
  8. فَتَرَىfatarāso you would see
  9. ٱلْقَوْمَl-qawmathe people
  10. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  11. صَرْعَىٰṣarʿāfallen
  12. كَأَنَّهُمْka-annahumas if they were
  13. أَعْجَازُaʿjāzutrunks
  14. نَخْلٍnakhlin(of) date-palms
  15. خَاوِيَةٍۢkhāwiyatinhollow

Verse 8

فَهَلْ تَرَىٰ لَهُم مِّنۢ بَاقِيَةٍ

Transliteration fahal tarā lahum min bāqiyatin

English Then do you see of them any remains?

  1. فَهَلْfahalThen do
  2. تَرَىٰtarāyou see
  3. لَهُمlahumof them
  4. مِّنۢminany
  5. بَاقِيَةٍۢbāqiyatinremains

Verse 9

وَجَآءَ فِرْعَوْنُ وَمَن قَبْلَهُۥ وَٱلْمُؤْتَفِكَـٰتُ بِٱلْخَاطِئَةِ

Transliteration wajāa fir'ʿawnu waman qablahu wal-mu'tafikātu bil-khāṭi-ati

English And there came Pharaoh and those before him and the overturned cities with sin.

  1. وَجَآءَwajāaAnd came
  2. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  3. وَمَنwamanand (those)
  4. قَبْلَهُۥqablahubefore him
  5. وَٱلْمُؤْتَفِكَـٰتُwal-mu'tafikātuand the overturned cities
  6. بِٱلْخَاطِئَةِbil-khāṭi-atiwith sin

Verse 10

فَعَصَوْا۟ رَسُولَ رَبِّهِمْ فَأَخَذَهُمْ أَخْذَةً رَّابِيَةً

Transliteration faʿaṣaw rasūla rabbihim fa-akhadhahum akhdhatan rābiyatan

English And they disobeyed the messenger of their Lord, so He seized them with a seizure exceeding [in severity].

  1. فَعَصَوْا۟faʿaṣawAnd they disobeyed
  2. رَسُولَrasūla(the) Messenger
  3. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  4. فَأَخَذَهُمْfa-akhadhahumso He seized them
  5. أَخْذَةًۭakhdhatan(with) a seizure
  6. رَّابِيَةًrābiyatanexceeding

Verse 11

إِنَّا لَمَّا طَغَا ٱلْمَآءُ حَمَلْنَـٰكُمْ فِى ٱلْجَارِيَةِ

Transliteration innā lammā ṭaghā l-māu ḥamalnākum fī l-jāriyati

English Indeed, when the water overflowed, We carried you [i.e., your ancestors] in the sailing ship

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  3. طَغَاṭaghāoverflowed
  4. ٱلْمَآءُl-māuthe water
  5. حَمَلْنَـٰكُمْḥamalnākumWe carried you
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْجَارِيَةِl-jāriyatithe sailing (ship)

Verse 12

لِنَجْعَلَهَا لَكُمْ تَذْكِرَةً وَتَعِيَهَآ أُذُنٌ وَٰعِيَةٌ

Transliteration linajʿalahā lakum tadhkiratan wataʿiyahā udhunun wāʿiyatun

English That We might make it for you a reminder and [that] a conscious ear would be conscious of it.

  1. لِنَجْعَلَهَاlinajʿalahāThat We might make it
  2. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  3. تَذْكِرَةًۭtadhkiratana reminder
  4. وَتَعِيَهَآwataʿiyahāand would be conscious of it
  5. أُذُنٌۭudhununan ear
  6. وَٰعِيَةٌۭwāʿiyatunconscious

Verse 13

فَإِذَا نُفِخَ فِى ٱلصُّورِ نَفْخَةٌ وَٰحِدَةٌ

Transliteration fa-idhā nufikha fī l-ṣūri nafkhatun wāḥidatun

English Then when the Horn is blown with one blast

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāThen when
  2. نُفِخَnufikhais blown
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلصُّورِl-ṣūrithe trumpet
  5. نَفْخَةٌۭnafkhatuna blast
  6. وَٰحِدَةٌۭwāḥidatunsingle

Verse 14

وَحُمِلَتِ ٱلْأَرْضُ وَٱلْجِبَالُ فَدُكَّتَا دَكَّةً وَٰحِدَةً

Transliteration waḥumilati l-arḍu wal-jibālu fadukkatā dakkatan wāḥidatan

English And the earth and the mountains are lifted and leveled with one blow [i.e., stroke] -

  1. وَحُمِلَتِwaḥumilatiAnd are lifted
  2. ٱلْأَرْضُl-arḍuthe earth
  3. وَٱلْجِبَالُwal-jibāluand the mountains
  4. فَدُكَّتَاfadukkatāand crushed
  5. دَكَّةًۭdakkatan(with) a crushing
  6. وَٰحِدَةًۭwāḥidatansingle

Verse 15

فَيَوْمَئِذٍ وَقَعَتِ ٱلْوَاقِعَةُ

Transliteration fayawma-idhin waqaʿati l-wāqiʿatu

English Then on that Day, the Occurrence [i.e., Resurrection] will occur,

  1. فَيَوْمَئِذٍۢfayawma-idhinThen (on) that Day
  2. وَقَعَتِwaqaʿatiwill occur
  3. ٱلْوَاقِعَةُl-wāqiʿatuthe Occurrence

Verse 16

وَٱنشَقَّتِ ٱلسَّمَآءُ فَهِىَ يَوْمَئِذٍ وَاهِيَةٌ

Transliteration wa-inshaqqati l-samāu fahiya yawma-idhin wāhiyatun

English And the heaven will split [open], for that Day it is infirm.

  1. وَٱنشَقَّتِwa-inshaqqatiAnd will split
  2. ٱلسَّمَآءُl-samāuthe heaven
  3. فَهِىَfahiyaso it
  4. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhin(is on) that Day
  5. وَاهِيَةٌۭwāhiyatunfrail

Verse 17

وَٱلْمَلَكُ عَلَىٰٓ أَرْجَآئِهَا ۚ وَيَحْمِلُ عَرْشَ رَبِّكَ فَوْقَهُمْ يَوْمَئِذٍ ثَمَـٰنِيَةٌ

Transliteration wal-malaku ʿalā arjāihā wayaḥmilu ʿarsha rabbika fawqahum yawma-idhin thamāniyatun

English And the angels are at its edges. And there will bear the Throne of your Lord above them, that Day, eight [of them].

  1. وَٱلْمَلَكُwal-malakuAnd the Angels
  2. عَلَىٰٓʿalā(will be) on
  3. أَرْجَآئِهَا ۚarjāihāits edges
  4. وَيَحْمِلُwayaḥmiluand will bear
  5. عَرْشَʿarsha(the) Throne
  6. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  7. فَوْقَهُمْfawqahumabove them
  8. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  9. ثَمَـٰنِيَةٌۭthamāniyatuneight

Verse 18

يَوْمَئِذٍ تُعْرَضُونَ لَا تَخْفَىٰ مِنكُمْ خَافِيَةٌ

Transliteration yawma-idhin tuʿ'raḍūna lā takhfā minkum khāfiyatun

English That Day, you will be exhibited [for judgement]; not hidden among you is anything concealed.

  1. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinThat Day
  2. تُعْرَضُونَtuʿ'raḍūnayou will be exhibited
  3. لَاlānot
  4. تَخْفَىٰtakhfāwill be hidden
  5. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  6. خَافِيَةٌۭkhāfiyatunany secret

Verse 19

فَأَمَّا مَنْ أُوتِىَ كِتَـٰبَهُۥ بِيَمِينِهِۦ فَيَقُولُ هَآؤُمُ ٱقْرَءُوا۟ كِتَـٰبِيَهْ

Transliteration fa-ammā man ūtiya kitābahu biyamīnihi fayaqūlu hāumu iq'raū kitābiyah

English So as for he who is given his record in his right hand, he will say, "Here, read my record!

  1. فَأَمَّاfa-ammāThen as for
  2. مَنْman(him) who
  3. أُوتِىَūtiyais given
  4. كِتَـٰبَهُۥkitābahuhis record
  5. بِيَمِينِهِۦbiyamīnihiin his right hand
  6. فَيَقُولُfayaqūluwill say
  7. هَآؤُمُhāumuHere
  8. ٱقْرَءُوا۟iq'raūread
  9. كِتَـٰبِيَهْkitābiyahmy record

Verse 20

إِنِّى ظَنَنتُ أَنِّى مُلَـٰقٍ حِسَابِيَهْ

Transliteration innī ẓanantu annī mulāqin ḥisābiyah

English Indeed, I was certain that I would be meeting my account."

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  2. ظَنَنتُẓanantuwas certain
  3. أَنِّىannīthat I
  4. مُلَـٰقٍmulāqin(will) meet
  5. حِسَابِيَهْḥisābiyahmy account

Verse 21

فَهُوَ فِى عِيشَةٍ رَّاضِيَةٍ

Transliteration fahuwa fī ʿīshatin rāḍiyatin

English So he will be in a pleasant life -

  1. فَهُوَfahuwaSo he
  2. فِىfī(will be) in
  3. عِيشَةٍۢʿīshatina life
  4. رَّاضِيَةٍۢrāḍiyatinpleasant

Verse 22

فِى جَنَّةٍ عَالِيَةٍ

Transliteration fī jannatin ʿāliyatin

English In an elevated garden,

  1. فِىfīIn
  2. جَنَّةٍjannatina Garden
  3. عَالِيَةٍۢʿāliyatinelevated

Verse 23

قُطُوفُهَا دَانِيَةٌ

Transliteration quṭūfuhā dāniyatun

English Its [fruit] to be picked hanging near.

  1. قُطُوفُهَاquṭūfuhāIts clusters of fruits
  2. دَانِيَةٌۭdāniyatunhanging near

Verse 24

كُلُوا۟ وَٱشْرَبُوا۟ هَنِيٓـًٔۢا بِمَآ أَسْلَفْتُمْ فِى ٱلْأَيَّامِ ٱلْخَالِيَةِ

Transliteration kulū wa-ish'rabū hanīan bimā aslaftum fī l-ayāmi l-khāliyati

English [They will be told], "Eat and drink in satisfaction for what you put forth in the days past."

  1. كُلُوا۟kulūEat
  2. وَٱشْرَبُوا۟wa-ish'rabūand drink
  3. هَنِيٓـًٔۢاhanīan(in) satisfaction
  4. بِمَآbimāfor what
  5. أَسْلَفْتُمْaslaftumyou sent before you
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْأَيَّامِl-ayāmithe days
  8. ٱلْخَالِيَةِl-khāliyatipast

Verse 25

وَأَمَّا مَنْ أُوتِىَ كِتَـٰبَهُۥ بِشِمَالِهِۦ فَيَقُولُ يَـٰلَيْتَنِى لَمْ أُوتَ كِتَـٰبِيَهْ

Transliteration wa-ammā man ūtiya kitābahu bishimālihi fayaqūlu yālaytanī lam ūta kitābiyah

English But as for he who is given his record in his left hand, he will say, "Oh, I wish I had not been given my record

  1. وَأَمَّاwa-ammāBut as for
  2. مَنْman(him) who
  3. أُوتِىَūtiyais given
  4. كِتَـٰبَهُۥkitābahuhis record
  5. بِشِمَالِهِۦbishimālihiin his left hand
  6. فَيَقُولُfayaqūluwill say
  7. يَـٰلَيْتَنِىyālaytanīO! I wish
  8. لَمْlamnot
  9. أُوتَūtaI had been given
  10. كِتَـٰبِيَهْkitābiyahmy record

Verse 26

وَلَمْ أَدْرِ مَا حِسَابِيَهْ

Transliteration walam adri mā ḥisābiyah

English And had not known what is my account.

  1. وَلَمْwalamAnd not
  2. أَدْرِadriI had known
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. حِسَابِيَهْḥisābiyah(is) my account

Verse 27

يَـٰلَيْتَهَا كَانَتِ ٱلْقَاضِيَةَ

Transliteration yālaytahā kānati l-qāḍiyata

English I wish it [i.e., my death] had been the decisive one.

  1. يَـٰلَيْتَهَاyālaytahāO! I wish it
  2. كَانَتِkānatihad been
  3. ٱلْقَاضِيَةَl-qāḍiyatathe end

Verse 28

مَآ أَغْنَىٰ عَنِّى مَالِيَهْ ۜ

Transliteration mā aghnā ʿannī māliyah

English My wealth has not availed me.

  1. مَآmāNot
  2. أَغْنَىٰaghnāhas availed
  3. عَنِّىʿannīme
  4. مَالِيَهْ ۜmāliyahmy wealth

Verse 29

هَلَكَ عَنِّى سُلْطَـٰنِيَهْ

Transliteration halaka ʿannī sul'ṭāniyah

English Gone from me is my authority."

  1. هَلَكَhalakaIs gone
  2. عَنِّىʿannīfrom me
  3. سُلْطَـٰنِيَهْsul'ṭāniyahmy authority

Verse 30

خُذُوهُ فَغُلُّوهُ

Transliteration khudhūhu faghullūhu

English [Allāh will say], "Seize him and shackle him.

  1. خُذُوهُkhudhūhuSeize him
  2. فَغُلُّوهُfaghullūhuand shackle him

Verse 31

ثُمَّ ٱلْجَحِيمَ صَلُّوهُ

Transliteration thumma l-jaḥīma ṣallūhu

English Then into Hellfire drive him.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. ٱلْجَحِيمَl-jaḥīma(into) the Hellfire
  3. صَلُّوهُṣallūhuburn him

Verse 32

ثُمَّ فِى سِلْسِلَةٍ ذَرْعُهَا سَبْعُونَ ذِرَاعًا فَٱسْلُكُوهُ

Transliteration thumma fī sil'silatin dharʿuhā sabʿūna dhirāʿan fa-us'lukūhu

English Then into a chain whose length is seventy cubits insert him."

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. فِىfīinto
  3. سِلْسِلَةٍۢsil'silatina chain
  4. ذَرْعُهَاdharʿuhāits length
  5. سَبْعُونَsabʿūna(is) seventy
  6. ذِرَاعًۭاdhirāʿancubits
  7. فَٱسْلُكُوهُfa-us'lukūhuinsert him

Verse 33

إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ لَا يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ

Transliteration innahu kāna lā yu'minu bil-lahi l-ʿaẓīmi

English Indeed, he did not used to believe in Allāh, the Most Great,

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  2. كَانَkānawas
  3. لَاlānot
  4. يُؤْمِنُyu'minubelieving
  5. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
  6. ٱلْعَظِيمِl-ʿaẓīmithe Most Great

Verse 34

وَلَا يَحُضُّ عَلَىٰ طَعَامِ ٱلْمِسْكِينِ

Transliteration walā yaḥuḍḍu ʿalā ṭaʿāmi l-mis'kīni

English Nor did he encourage the feeding of the poor.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (did) not
  2. يَحُضُّyaḥuḍḍufeel the urge
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  4. طَعَامِṭaʿāmi(the) feeding
  5. ٱلْمِسْكِينِl-mis'kīni(of) the poor

Verse 35

فَلَيْسَ لَهُ ٱلْيَوْمَ هَـٰهُنَا حَمِيمٌ

Transliteration falaysa lahu l-yawma hāhunā ḥamīmun

English So there is not for him here this Day any devoted friend

  1. فَلَيْسَfalaysaSo not
  2. لَهُlahufor him
  3. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  4. هَـٰهُنَاhāhunāhere
  5. حَمِيمٌۭḥamīmunany devoted friend

Verse 36

وَلَا طَعَامٌ إِلَّا مِنْ غِسْلِينٍ

Transliteration walā ṭaʿāmun illā min ghis'līnin

English Nor any food except from the discharge of wounds;

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. طَعَامٌṭaʿāmunany food
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. مِنْminfrom
  5. غِسْلِينٍۢghis'līnin(the) discharge of wounds

Verse 37

لَّا يَأْكُلُهُۥٓ إِلَّا ٱلْخَـٰطِـُٔونَ

Transliteration lā yakuluhu illā l-khāṭiūna

English None will eat it except the sinners.

  1. لَّاlāNot
  2. يَأْكُلُهُۥٓyakuluhuwill eat it
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. ٱلْخَـٰطِـُٔونَl-khāṭiūnathe sinners

Verse 38

فَلَآ أُقْسِمُ بِمَا تُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration falā uq'simu bimā tub'ṣirūna

English So I swear by what you see

  1. فَلَآfalāBut nay
  2. أُقْسِمُuq'simuI swear
  3. بِمَاbimāby what
  4. تُبْصِرُونَtub'ṣirūnayou see

Verse 39

وَمَا لَا تُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration wamā lā tub'ṣirūna

English And what you do not see

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd what
  2. لَاlānot
  3. تُبْصِرُونَtub'ṣirūnayou see

Verse 40

إِنَّهُۥ لَقَوْلُ رَسُولٍ كَرِيمٍ

Transliteration innahu laqawlu rasūlin karīmin

English [That] indeed, it [i.e., the Qur’ān] is the word of a noble Messenger.

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, it (is)
  2. لَقَوْلُlaqawlusurely (the) Word
  3. رَسُولٍۢrasūlin(of) a Messenger
  4. كَرِيمٍۢkarīminnoble

Verse 41

وَمَا هُوَ بِقَوْلِ شَاعِرٍ ۚ قَلِيلًا مَّا تُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wamā huwa biqawli shāʿirin qalīlan mā tu'minūna

English And it is not the word of a poet; little do you believe.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. هُوَhuwait
  3. بِقَوْلِbiqawli(is the) word
  4. شَاعِرٍۢ ۚshāʿirin(of) a poet
  5. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanlittle
  6. مَّاmā(is) what
  7. تُؤْمِنُونَtu'minūnayou believe

Verse 42

وَلَا بِقَوْلِ كَاهِنٍ ۚ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration walā biqawli kāhinin qalīlan mā tadhakkarūna

English Nor the word of a soothsayer; little do you remember.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. بِقَوْلِbiqawli(it is the) word
  3. كَاهِنٍۢ ۚkāhinin(of) a soothsayer
  4. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanlittle
  5. مَّاmā(is) what
  6. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnayou take heed

Verse 43

تَنزِيلٌ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ

Transliteration tanzīlun min rabbi l-ʿālamīna

English [It is] a revelation from the Lord of the worlds.

  1. تَنزِيلٌۭtanzīlun(It is) a revelation
  2. مِّنminfrom
  3. رَّبِّrabbi(the) Lord
  4. ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds

Verse 44

وَلَوْ تَقَوَّلَ عَلَيْنَا بَعْضَ ٱلْأَقَاوِيلِ

Transliteration walaw taqawwala ʿalaynā baʿḍa l-aqāwīli

English And if he [i.e., Muḥammad] had made up about Us some [false] sayings,

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. تَقَوَّلَtaqawwalahe (had) fabricated
  3. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāagainst Us
  4. بَعْضَbaʿḍasome
  5. ٱلْأَقَاوِيلِl-aqāwīlisayings

Verse 45

لَأَخَذْنَا مِنْهُ بِٱلْيَمِينِ

Transliteration la-akhadhnā min'hu bil-yamīni

English We would have seized him by the right hand;

  1. لَأَخَذْنَاla-akhadhnāCertainly We (would) have seized
  2. مِنْهُmin'huhim
  3. بِٱلْيَمِينِbil-yamīniby the right hand

Verse 46

ثُمَّ لَقَطَعْنَا مِنْهُ ٱلْوَتِينَ

Transliteration thumma laqaṭaʿnā min'hu l-watīna

English Then We would have cut from him the aorta.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. لَقَطَعْنَاlaqaṭaʿnācertainly We (would) have cut off
  3. مِنْهُmin'hufrom him
  4. ٱلْوَتِينَl-watīnathe aorta

Verse 47

فَمَا مِنكُم مِّنْ أَحَدٍ عَنْهُ حَـٰجِزِينَ

Transliteration famā minkum min aḥadin ʿanhu ḥājizīna

English And there is no one of you who could prevent [Us] from him.

  1. فَمَاfamāAnd not
  2. مِنكُمminkumfrom you
  3. مِّنْminany
  4. أَحَدٍaḥadinone
  5. عَنْهُʿanhu[from him]
  6. حَـٰجِزِينَḥājizīna(who could) prevent (it)

Verse 48

وَإِنَّهُۥ لَتَذْكِرَةٌ لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ

Transliteration wa-innahu latadhkiratun lil'muttaqīna

English And indeed, it [i.e., the Qur’ān] is a reminder for the righteous.

  1. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuAnd indeed, it
  2. لَتَذْكِرَةٌۭlatadhkiratun(is) surely a reminder
  3. لِّلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīnafor the Allah-fearing

Verse 49

وَإِنَّا لَنَعْلَمُ أَنَّ مِنكُم مُّكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration wa-innā lanaʿlamu anna minkum mukadhibīna

English And indeed, We know that among you are deniers.

  1. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed, We
  2. لَنَعْلَمُlanaʿlamusurely know
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. مِنكُمminkumamong you
  5. مُّكَذِّبِينَmukadhibīna(are) deniers

Verse 50

وَإِنَّهُۥ لَحَسْرَةٌ عَلَى ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration wa-innahu laḥasratun ʿalā l-kāfirīna

English And indeed, it will be [a cause of] regret upon the disbelievers.

  1. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuAnd indeed, it
  2. لَحَسْرَةٌlaḥasratun(is) surely a regret
  3. عَلَىʿalāupon
  4. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers

Verse 51

وَإِنَّهُۥ لَحَقُّ ٱلْيَقِينِ

Transliteration wa-innahu laḥaqqu l-yaqīni

English And indeed, it is the truth of certainty.

  1. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuAnd indeed, it (is)
  2. لَحَقُّlaḥaqqusurely (the) truth
  3. ٱلْيَقِينِl-yaqīni(of) certainty

Verse 52

فَسَبِّحْ بِٱسْمِ رَبِّكَ ٱلْعَظِيمِ

Transliteration fasabbiḥ bi-is'mi rabbika l-ʿaẓīmi

English So exalt the name of your Lord, the Most Great.

  1. فَسَبِّحْfasabbiḥSo glorify
  2. بِٱسْمِbi-is'mi(the) name
  3. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  4. ٱلْعَظِيمِl-ʿaẓīmithe Most Great

Surah Al-Ma'arij المعارج verses 1–44

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

سَأَلَ سَآئِلٌۢ بِعَذَابٍ وَاقِعٍ

Transliteration sa-ala sāilun biʿadhābin wāqiʿin

English A supplicant asked for a punishment bound to happen

  1. سَأَلَsa-alaAsked
  2. سَآئِلٌۢsāiluna questioner
  3. بِعَذَابٍۢbiʿadhābinabout a punishment
  4. وَاقِعٍۢwāqiʿinbound to happen

Verse 2

لِّلْكَـٰفِرِينَ لَيْسَ لَهُۥ دَافِعٌ

Transliteration lil'kāfirīna laysa lahu dāfiʿun

English To the disbelievers; of it there is no preventer.

  1. لِّلْكَـٰفِرِينَlil'kāfirīnaTo the disbelievers
  2. لَيْسَlaysanot
  3. لَهُۥlahuof it
  4. دَافِعٌۭdāfiʿunany preventer

Verse 3

مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ ذِى ٱلْمَعَارِجِ

Transliteration mina l-lahi dhī l-maʿāriji

English [It is] from Allāh, owner of the ways of ascent.

  1. مِّنَminaFrom
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  3. ذِىdhīOwner
  4. ٱلْمَعَارِجِl-maʿāriji(of) the ways of ascent

Verse 4

تَعْرُجُ ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُ وَٱلرُّوحُ إِلَيْهِ فِى يَوْمٍ كَانَ مِقْدَارُهُۥ خَمْسِينَ أَلْفَ سَنَةٍ

Transliteration taʿruju l-malāikatu wal-rūḥu ilayhi fī yawmin kāna miq'dāruhu khamsīna alfa sanatin

English The angels and the Spirit [i.e., Gabriel] will ascend to Him during a Day the extent of which is fifty thousand years.

  1. تَعْرُجُtaʿrujuAscend
  2. ٱلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةُl-malāikatuthe Angels
  3. وَٱلرُّوحُwal-rūḥuand the Spirit
  4. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  5. فِىfīin
  6. يَوْمٍۢyawmina Day
  7. كَانَkāna[is]
  8. مِقْدَارُهُۥmiq'dāruhuits measure
  9. خَمْسِينَkhamsīna(is) fifty
  10. أَلْفَalfathousand
  11. سَنَةٍۢsanatinyear(s)

Verse 5

فَٱصْبِرْ صَبْرًا جَمِيلًا

Transliteration fa-iṣ'bir ṣabran jamīlan

English So be patient with gracious patience.

  1. فَٱصْبِرْfa-iṣ'birSo be patient
  2. صَبْرًۭاṣabrana patience
  3. جَمِيلًاjamīlangood

Verse 6

إِنَّهُمْ يَرَوْنَهُۥ بَعِيدًا

Transliteration innahum yarawnahu baʿīdan

English Indeed, they see it [as] distant,

  1. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  2. يَرَوْنَهُۥyarawnahusee it
  3. بَعِيدًۭاbaʿīdan(as) far off

Verse 7

وَنَرَىٰهُ قَرِيبًا

Transliteration wanarāhu qarīban

English But We see it [as] near.

  1. وَنَرَىٰهُwanarāhuBut We see it
  2. قَرِيبًۭاqarībannear

Verse 8

يَوْمَ تَكُونُ ٱلسَّمَآءُ كَٱلْمُهْلِ

Transliteration yawma takūnu l-samāu kal-muh'li

English On the Day the sky will be like murky oil,

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. تَكُونُtakūnuwill be
  3. ٱلسَّمَآءُl-samāuthe sky
  4. كَٱلْمُهْلِkal-muh'lilike molten copper

Verse 9

وَتَكُونُ ٱلْجِبَالُ كَٱلْعِهْنِ

Transliteration watakūnu l-jibālu kal-ʿih'ni

English And the mountains will be like wool,

  1. وَتَكُونُwatakūnuAnd will be
  2. ٱلْجِبَالُl-jibāluthe mountains
  3. كَٱلْعِهْنِkal-ʿih'nilike wool

Verse 10

وَلَا يَسْـَٔلُ حَمِيمٌ حَمِيمًا

Transliteration walā yasalu ḥamīmun ḥamīman

English And no friend will ask [anything of] a friend,

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. يَسْـَٔلُyasaluwill ask
  3. حَمِيمٌḥamīmuna friend
  4. حَمِيمًۭاḥamīman(about) a friend

Verse 11

يُبَصَّرُونَهُمْ ۚ يَوَدُّ ٱلْمُجْرِمُ لَوْ يَفْتَدِى مِنْ عَذَابِ يَوْمِئِذٍۭ بِبَنِيهِ

Transliteration yubaṣṣarūnahum yawaddu l-muj'rimu law yaftadī min ʿadhābi yawmi-idhin bibanīhi

English They will be shown each other. The criminal will wish that he could be ransomed from the punishment of that Day by his children.

  1. يُبَصَّرُونَهُمْ ۚyubaṣṣarūnahumThey will be made to see each other
  2. يَوَدُّyawadduWould wish
  3. ٱلْمُجْرِمُl-muj'rimuthe criminal
  4. لَوْlawif
  5. يَفْتَدِىyaftadīhe (could be) ransomed
  6. مِنْminfrom
  7. عَذَابِʿadhābi(the) punishment
  8. يَوْمِئِذٍۭyawmi-idhin(of) that Day
  9. بِبَنِيهِbibanīhiby his children

Verse 12

وَصَـٰحِبَتِهِۦ وَأَخِيهِ

Transliteration waṣāḥibatihi wa-akhīhi

English And his wife and his brother

  1. وَصَـٰحِبَتِهِۦwaṣāḥibatihiAnd his spouse
  2. وَأَخِيهِwa-akhīhiand his brother

Verse 13

وَفَصِيلَتِهِ ٱلَّتِى تُـْٔوِيهِ

Transliteration wafaṣīlatihi allatī tu'wīhi

English And his nearest kindred who shelter him.

  1. وَفَصِيلَتِهِwafaṣīlatihiAnd his nearest kindred
  2. ٱلَّتِىallatīwho
  3. تُـْٔوِيهِtu'wīhisheltered him

Verse 14

وَمَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ جَمِيعًا ثُمَّ يُنجِيهِ

Transliteration waman fī l-arḍi jamīʿan thumma yunjīhi

English And whoever is on earth entirely [so] then it could save him.

  1. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  2. فِىfī(is) on
  3. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  4. جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall
  5. ثُمَّthummathen
  6. يُنجِيهِyunjīhiit (could) save him

Verse 15

كَلَّآ ۖ إِنَّهَا لَظَىٰ

Transliteration kallā innahā laẓā

English No! Indeed, it is the Flame [of Hell],

  1. كَلَّآ ۖkallāBy no means
  2. إِنَّهَاinnahāIndeed, it (is)
  3. لَظَىٰlaẓāsurely a Flame of Hell

Verse 16

نَزَّاعَةً لِّلشَّوَىٰ

Transliteration nazzāʿatan lilshawā

English A remover of exteriors.

  1. نَزَّاعَةًۭnazzāʿatanA remover
  2. لِّلشَّوَىٰlilshawāof the skin of the head

Verse 17

تَدْعُوا۟ مَنْ أَدْبَرَ وَتَوَلَّىٰ

Transliteration tadʿū man adbara watawallā

English It invites he who turned his back [on truth] and went away [from obedience]

  1. تَدْعُوا۟tadʿūInviting
  2. مَنْman(him) who
  3. أَدْبَرَadbaraturned his back
  4. وَتَوَلَّىٰwatawallāand went away

Verse 18

وَجَمَعَ فَأَوْعَىٰٓ

Transliteration wajamaʿa fa-awʿā

English And collected [wealth] and hoarded.

  1. وَجَمَعَwajamaʿaAnd collected
  2. فَأَوْعَىٰٓfa-awʿāand hoarded

Verse 19

۞ إِنَّ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَ خُلِقَ هَلُوعًا

Transliteration inna l-insāna khuliqa halūʿan

English Indeed, mankind was created anxious:

  1. ۞ إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَl-insānathe man
  3. خُلِقَkhuliqawas created
  4. هَلُوعًاhalūʿananxious

Verse 20

إِذَا مَسَّهُ ٱلشَّرُّ جَزُوعًا

Transliteration idhā massahu l-sharu jazūʿan

English When evil touches him, impatient,

  1. إِذَاidhāWhen
  2. مَسَّهُmassahutouches him
  3. ٱلشَّرُّl-sharuthe evil
  4. جَزُوعًۭاjazūʿandistressed

Verse 21

وَإِذَا مَسَّهُ ٱلْخَيْرُ مَنُوعًا

Transliteration wa-idhā massahu l-khayru manūʿan

English And when good touches him, withholding [of it],

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. مَسَّهُmassahutouches him
  3. ٱلْخَيْرُl-khayruthe good
  4. مَنُوعًاmanūʿanwithholding

Verse 22

إِلَّا ٱلْمُصَلِّينَ

Transliteration illā l-muṣalīna

English Except the observers of prayer -

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. ٱلْمُصَلِّينَl-muṣalīnathose who pray

Verse 23

ٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ عَلَىٰ صَلَاتِهِمْ دَآئِمُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna hum ʿalā ṣalātihim dāimūna

English Those who are constant in their prayer

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāat
  4. صَلَاتِهِمْṣalātihimtheir prayer
  5. دَآئِمُونَdāimūna(are) constant

Verse 24

وَٱلَّذِينَ فِىٓ أَمْوَٰلِهِمْ حَقٌّ مَّعْلُومٌ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna fī amwālihim ḥaqqun maʿlūmun

English And those within whose wealth is a known right

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. فِىٓfīin
  3. أَمْوَٰلِهِمْamwālihimtheir wealth
  4. حَقٌّۭḥaqqun(is) a right
  5. مَّعْلُومٌۭmaʿlūmunknown

Verse 25

لِّلسَّآئِلِ وَٱلْمَحْرُومِ

Transliteration lilssāili wal-maḥrūmi

English For the petitioner and the deprived -

  1. لِّلسَّآئِلِlilssāiliFor the one who asks
  2. وَٱلْمَحْرُومِwal-maḥrūmiand the deprived

Verse 26

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُصَدِّقُونَ بِيَوْمِ ٱلدِّينِ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yuṣaddiqūna biyawmi l-dīni

English And those who believe in the Day of Recompense

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يُصَدِّقُونَyuṣaddiqūnaaccept (the) truth
  3. بِيَوْمِbiyawmi(of the) Day
  4. ٱلدِّينِl-dīni(of) the Judgment

Verse 27

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُم مِّنْ عَذَابِ رَبِّهِم مُّشْفِقُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum min ʿadhābi rabbihim mush'fiqūna

English And those who are fearful of the punishment of their Lord -

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. هُمhum[they]
  3. مِّنْminof
  4. عَذَابِʿadhābi(the) punishment
  5. رَبِّهِمrabbihim(of) their Lord
  6. مُّشْفِقُونَmush'fiqūna(are) fearful

Verse 28

إِنَّ عَذَابَ رَبِّهِمْ غَيْرُ مَأْمُونٍ

Transliteration inna ʿadhāba rabbihim ghayru mamūnin

English Indeed, the punishment of their Lord is not that from which one is safe -

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. عَذَابَʿadhāba(the) punishment
  3. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) your Lord
  4. غَيْرُghayru(is) not
  5. مَأْمُونٍۢmamūninto be felt secure (of)

Verse 29

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ لِفُرُوجِهِمْ حَـٰفِظُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum lifurūjihim ḥāfiẓūna

English And those who guard their private parts

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. لِفُرُوجِهِمْlifurūjihimtheir modesty
  4. حَـٰفِظُونَḥāfiẓūna(are) guardians

Verse 30

إِلَّا عَلَىٰٓ أَزْوَٰجِهِمْ أَوْ مَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَـٰنُهُمْ فَإِنَّهُمْ غَيْرُ مَلُومِينَ

Transliteration illā ʿalā azwājihim aw mā malakat aymānuhum fa-innahum ghayru malūmīna

English Except from their wives or those their right hands possess, for indeed, they are not to be blamed -

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. عَلَىٰٓʿalāfrom
  3. أَزْوَٰجِهِمْazwājihimtheir spouses
  4. أَوْawor
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. مَلَكَتْmalakatthey possess
  7. أَيْمَـٰنُهُمْaymānuhumrightfully
  8. فَإِنَّهُمْfa-innahumthen indeed, they
  9. غَيْرُghayru(are) not
  10. مَلُومِينَmalūmīnablameworthy

Verse 31

فَمَنِ ٱبْتَغَىٰ وَرَآءَ ذَٰلِكَ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْعَادُونَ

Transliteration famani ib'taghā warāa dhālika fa-ulāika humu l-ʿādūna

English But whoever seeks beyond that, then they are the transgressors -

  1. فَمَنِfamaniBut whoever
  2. ٱبْتَغَىٰib'taghāseeks
  3. وَرَآءَwarāabeyond
  4. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  5. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  6. هُمُhumu[they]
  7. ٱلْعَادُونَl-ʿādūna(are) the transgressors

Verse 32

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ لِأَمَـٰنَـٰتِهِمْ وَعَهْدِهِمْ رَٰعُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum li-amānātihim waʿahdihim rāʿūna

English And those who are to their trusts and promises attentive.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. لِأَمَـٰنَـٰتِهِمْli-amānātihimof their trusts
  4. وَعَهْدِهِمْwaʿahdihimand their promise
  5. رَٰعُونَrāʿūna(are) observers

Verse 33

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُم بِشَهَـٰدَٰتِهِمْ قَآئِمُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum bishahādātihim qāimūna

English And those who are in their testimonies upright

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. هُمhum[they]
  3. بِشَهَـٰدَٰتِهِمْbishahādātihimin their testimonies
  4. قَآئِمُونَqāimūnastand firm

Verse 34

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ عَلَىٰ صَلَاتِهِمْ يُحَافِظُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum ʿalā ṣalātihim yuḥāfiẓūna

English And those who [carefully] maintain their prayer:

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  4. صَلَاتِهِمْṣalātihimtheir prayer
  5. يُحَافِظُونَyuḥāfiẓūnakeep a guard

Verse 35

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ فِى جَنَّـٰتٍ مُّكْرَمُونَ

Transliteration ulāika fī jannātin muk'ramūna

English They will be in gardens, honored.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. فِىfī(will be) in
  3. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātinGardens
  4. مُّكْرَمُونَmuk'ramūnahonored

Verse 36

فَمَالِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ قِبَلَكَ مُهْطِعِينَ

Transliteration famāli alladhīna kafarū qibalaka muh'ṭiʿīna

English So what is [the matter] with those who disbelieve, hastening [from] before you, [O Muḥammad],

  1. فَمَالِfamāliSo what is with
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  4. قِبَلَكَqibalakabefore you
  5. مُهْطِعِينَmuh'ṭiʿīna(they) hasten

Verse 37

عَنِ ٱلْيَمِينِ وَعَنِ ٱلشِّمَالِ عِزِينَ

Transliteration ʿani l-yamīni waʿani l-shimāli ʿizīna

English [To sit] on [your] right and [your] left in separate groups?

  1. عَنِʿaniOn
  2. ٱلْيَمِينِl-yamīnithe right
  3. وَعَنِwaʿaniand on
  4. ٱلشِّمَالِl-shimālithe left
  5. عِزِينَʿizīna(in) separate groups

Verse 38

أَيَطْمَعُ كُلُّ ٱمْرِئٍ مِّنْهُمْ أَن يُدْخَلَ جَنَّةَ نَعِيمٍ

Transliteration ayaṭmaʿu kullu im'ri-in min'hum an yud'khala jannata naʿīmin

English Does every person among them aspire to enter a garden of pleasure?

  1. أَيَطْمَعُayaṭmaʿuDoes long
  2. كُلُّkulluevery
  3. ٱمْرِئٍۢim'ri-inperson
  4. مِّنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  5. أَنanthat
  6. يُدْخَلَyud'khalahe enters
  7. جَنَّةَjannataa Garden
  8. نَعِيمٍۢnaʿīmin(of) Delight

Verse 39

كَلَّآ ۖ إِنَّا خَلَقْنَـٰهُم مِّمَّا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration kallā innā khalaqnāhum mimmā yaʿlamūna

English No! Indeed, We have created them from that which they know.

  1. كَلَّآ ۖkallāBy no means
  2. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  3. خَلَقْنَـٰهُمkhalaqnāhum[We] have created them
  4. مِّمَّاmimmāfrom what
  5. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnathey know

Verse 40

فَلَآ أُقْسِمُ بِرَبِّ ٱلْمَشَـٰرِقِ وَٱلْمَغَـٰرِبِ إِنَّا لَقَـٰدِرُونَ

Transliteration falā uq'simu birabbi l-mashāriqi wal-maghāribi innā laqādirūna

English So I swear by the Lord of [all] risings and settings that indeed We are able

  1. فَلَآfalāBut nay
  2. أُقْسِمُuq'simuI swear
  3. بِرَبِّbirabbiby (the) Lord
  4. ٱلْمَشَـٰرِقِl-mashāriqi(of) the risings
  5. وَٱلْمَغَـٰرِبِwal-maghāribiand the settings
  6. إِنَّاinnāthat We
  7. لَقَـٰدِرُونَlaqādirūna(are) surely Able

Verse 41

عَلَىٰٓ أَن نُّبَدِّلَ خَيْرًا مِّنْهُمْ وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمَسْبُوقِينَ

Transliteration ʿalā an nubaddila khayran min'hum wamā naḥnu bimasbūqīna

English To replace them with better than them; and We are not to be outdone.

  1. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[On]
  2. أَنanto
  3. نُّبَدِّلَnubaddila[We] replace
  4. خَيْرًۭاkhayran(with) better
  5. مِّنْهُمْmin'humthan them
  6. وَمَاwamāand not
  7. نَحْنُnaḥnuWe
  8. بِمَسْبُوقِينَbimasbūqīna(are) to be outrun

Verse 42

فَذَرْهُمْ يَخُوضُوا۟ وَيَلْعَبُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يُلَـٰقُوا۟ يَوْمَهُمُ ٱلَّذِى يُوعَدُونَ

Transliteration fadharhum yakhūḍū wayalʿabū ḥattā yulāqū yawmahumu alladhī yūʿadūna

English So leave them to converse vainly and amuse themselves until they meet their Day which they are promised -

  1. فَذَرْهُمْfadharhumSo leave them
  2. يَخُوضُوا۟yakhūḍū(to) converse vainly
  3. وَيَلْعَبُوا۟wayalʿabūand amuse themselves
  4. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  5. يُلَـٰقُوا۟yulāqūthey meet
  6. يَوْمَهُمُyawmahumutheir Day
  7. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  8. يُوعَدُونَyūʿadūnathey are promised

Verse 43

يَوْمَ يَخْرُجُونَ مِنَ ٱلْأَجْدَاثِ سِرَاعًا كَأَنَّهُمْ إِلَىٰ نُصُبٍ يُوفِضُونَ

Transliteration yawma yakhrujūna mina l-ajdāthi sirāʿan ka-annahum ilā nuṣubin yūfiḍūna

English The Day they will emerge from the graves rapidly as if they were, toward an erected idol, hastening.

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. يَخْرُجُونَyakhrujūnathey will come out
  3. مِنَminafrom
  4. ٱلْأَجْدَاثِl-ajdāthithe graves
  5. سِرَاعًۭاsirāʿanrapidly
  6. كَأَنَّهُمْka-annahumas if they (were)
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. نُصُبٍۢnuṣubina goal
  9. يُوفِضُونَyūfiḍūnahastening

Verse 44

خَـٰشِعَةً أَبْصَـٰرُهُمْ تَرْهَقُهُمْ ذِلَّةٌ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْيَوْمُ ٱلَّذِى كَانُوا۟ يُوعَدُونَ

Transliteration khāshiʿatan abṣāruhum tarhaquhum dhillatun dhālika l-yawmu alladhī kānū yūʿadūna

English Their eyes humbled, humiliation will cover them. That is the Day which they had been promised.

  1. خَـٰشِعَةًkhāshiʿatanHumbled
  2. أَبْصَـٰرُهُمْabṣāruhumtheir eyesights
  3. تَرْهَقُهُمْtarhaquhumwill cover them
  4. ذِلَّةٌۭ ۚdhillatunhumiliation
  5. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  6. ٱلْيَوْمُl-yawmu(is) the Day
  7. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  8. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  9. يُوعَدُونَyūʿadūnapromised

Surah Nuh نوح verses 1–28

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

إِنَّآ أَرْسَلْنَا نُوحًا إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦٓ أَنْ أَنذِرْ قَوْمَكَ مِن قَبْلِ أَن يَأْتِيَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration innā arsalnā nūḥan ilā qawmihi an andhir qawmaka min qabli an yatiyahum ʿadhābun alīmun

English Indeed, We sent Noah to his people, [saying], "Warn your people before there comes to them a painful punishment."

  1. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, We
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnā[We] sent
  3. نُوحًاnūḥanNuh
  4. إِلَىٰilāto
  5. قَوْمِهِۦٓqawmihihis people
  6. أَنْanthat
  7. أَنذِرْandhirWarn
  8. قَوْمَكَqawmakayour people
  9. مِنminfrom
  10. قَبْلِqablibefore
  11. أَنan[that]
  12. يَأْتِيَهُمْyatiyahumcomes to them
  13. عَذَابٌʿadhābuna punishment
  14. أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful

Verse 2

قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ إِنِّى لَكُمْ نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration qāla yāqawmi innī lakum nadhīrun mubīnun

English He said, "O my people, indeed I am to you a clear warner -

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  3. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  4. لَكُمْlakumto you
  5. نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
  6. مُّبِينٌmubīnunclear

Verse 3

أَنِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱتَّقُوهُ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Transliteration ani uʿ'budū l-laha wa-ittaqūhu wa-aṭīʿūni

English To worship Allāh, fear Him and obey me.

  1. أَنِaniThat
  2. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  3. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  4. وَٱتَّقُوهُwa-ittaqūhuand fear Him
  5. وَأَطِيعُونِwa-aṭīʿūniand obey me

Verse 4

يَغْفِرْ لَكُم مِّن ذُنُوبِكُمْ وَيُؤَخِّرْكُمْ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍ مُّسَمًّى ۚ إِنَّ أَجَلَ ٱللَّهِ إِذَا جَآءَ لَا يُؤَخَّرُ ۖ لَوْ كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration yaghfir lakum min dhunūbikum wayu-akhir'kum ilā ajalin musamman inna ajala l-lahi idhā jāa lā yu-akharu law kuntum taʿlamūna

English He [i.e., Allāh] will forgive you of your sins and delay you for a specified term. Indeed, the time [set by] Allāh, when it comes, will not be delayed, if you only knew."

  1. يَغْفِرْyaghfirHe will forgive
  2. لَكُمlakumfor you
  3. مِّنmin[of]
  4. ذُنُوبِكُمْdhunūbikumyour sins
  5. وَيُؤَخِّرْكُمْwayu-akhir'kumand give you respite
  6. إِلَىٰٓilāfor
  7. أَجَلٍۢajalina term
  8. مُّسَمًّى ۚmusammanspecified
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. أَجَلَajala(the) term
  11. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  12. إِذَاidhāwhen
  13. جَآءَjāait comes
  14. لَاlānot
  15. يُؤَخَّرُ ۖyu-akharuis delayed
  16. لَوْlawif
  17. كُنتُمْkuntumyou
  18. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 5

قَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّى دَعَوْتُ قَوْمِى لَيْلًا وَنَهَارًا

Transliteration qāla rabbi innī daʿawtu qawmī laylan wanahāran

English He said, "My Lord, indeed I invited my people [to truth] night and day.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  4. دَعَوْتُdaʿawtuinvited
  5. قَوْمِىqawmīmy people
  6. لَيْلًۭاlaylannight
  7. وَنَهَارًۭاwanahāranand day

Verse 6

فَلَمْ يَزِدْهُمْ دُعَآءِىٓ إِلَّا فِرَارًا

Transliteration falam yazid'hum duʿāī illā firāran

English But my invitation increased them not except in flight [i.e., aversion].

  1. فَلَمْfalamBut not
  2. يَزِدْهُمْyazid'humincreased them
  3. دُعَآءِىٓduʿāīmy invitation
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. فِرَارًۭاfirāran(in) flight

Verse 7

وَإِنِّى كُلَّمَا دَعَوْتُهُمْ لِتَغْفِرَ لَهُمْ جَعَلُوٓا۟ أَصَـٰبِعَهُمْ فِىٓ ءَاذَانِهِمْ وَٱسْتَغْشَوْا۟ ثِيَابَهُمْ وَأَصَرُّوا۟ وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ ٱسْتِكْبَارًا

Transliteration wa-innī kullamā daʿawtuhum litaghfira lahum jaʿalū aṣābiʿahum fī ādhānihim wa-is'taghshaw thiyābahum wa-aṣarrū wa-is'takbarū is'tik'bāran

English And indeed, every time I invited them that You may forgive them, they put their fingers in their ears, covered themselves with their garments, persisted, and were arrogant with [great] arrogance.

  1. وَإِنِّىwa-innīAnd indeed, I
  2. كُلَّمَاkullamāevery time
  3. دَعَوْتُهُمْdaʿawtuhumI invited them
  4. لِتَغْفِرَlitaghfirathat You may forgive
  5. لَهُمْlahumthem
  6. جَعَلُوٓا۟jaʿalūthey put
  7. أَصَـٰبِعَهُمْaṣābiʿahumtheir fingers
  8. فِىٓfīin
  9. ءَاذَانِهِمْādhānihimtheir ears
  10. وَٱسْتَغْشَوْا۟wa-is'taghshawand covered themselves
  11. ثِيَابَهُمْthiyābahum(with) their garments
  12. وَأَصَرُّوا۟wa-aṣarrūand persisted
  13. وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟wa-is'takbarūand were arrogant
  14. ٱسْتِكْبَارًۭاis'tik'bāran(with) pride

Verse 8

ثُمَّ إِنِّى دَعَوْتُهُمْ جِهَارًا

Transliteration thumma innī daʿawtuhum jihāran

English Then I invited them publicly.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. إِنِّىinnīindeed, I
  3. دَعَوْتُهُمْdaʿawtuhuminvited them
  4. جِهَارًۭاjihāranpublicly

Verse 9

ثُمَّ إِنِّىٓ أَعْلَنتُ لَهُمْ وَأَسْرَرْتُ لَهُمْ إِسْرَارًا

Transliteration thumma innī aʿlantu lahum wa-asrartu lahum is'rāran

English Then I announced to them and [also] confided to them secretly

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. إِنِّىٓinnīindeed, I
  3. أَعْلَنتُaʿlantuannounced
  4. لَهُمْlahumto them
  5. وَأَسْرَرْتُwa-asrartuand I confided
  6. لَهُمْlahumto them
  7. إِسْرَارًۭاis'rāransecretly

Verse 10

فَقُلْتُ ٱسْتَغْفِرُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ غَفَّارًا

Transliteration faqul'tu is'taghfirū rabbakum innahu kāna ghaffāran

English And said, 'Ask forgiveness of your Lord. Indeed, He is ever a Perpetual Forgiver.

  1. فَقُلْتُfaqul'tuThen I said
  2. ٱسْتَغْفِرُوا۟is'taghfirūAsk forgiveness
  3. رَبَّكُمْrabbakum(from) your Lord
  4. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  5. كَانَkānais
  6. غَفَّارًۭاghaffāranOft-Forgiving

Verse 11

يُرْسِلِ ٱلسَّمَآءَ عَلَيْكُم مِّدْرَارًا

Transliteration yur'sili l-samāa ʿalaykum mid'rāran

English He will send [rain from] the sky upon you in [continuing] showers

  1. يُرْسِلِyur'siliHe will send down
  2. ٱلسَّمَآءَl-samāa(rain from) the sky
  3. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumupon you
  4. مِّدْرَارًۭاmid'rāran(in) abundance

Verse 12

وَيُمْدِدْكُم بِأَمْوَٰلٍ وَبَنِينَ وَيَجْعَل لَّكُمْ جَنَّـٰتٍ وَيَجْعَل لَّكُمْ أَنْهَـٰرًا

Transliteration wayum'did'kum bi-amwālin wabanīna wayajʿal lakum jannātin wayajʿal lakum anhāran

English And give you increase in wealth and children and provide for you gardens and provide for you rivers.

  1. وَيُمْدِدْكُمwayum'did'kumAnd provide you
  2. بِأَمْوَٰلٍۢbi-amwālinwith wealth
  3. وَبَنِينَwabanīnaand children
  4. وَيَجْعَلwayajʿaland make
  5. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  6. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātingardens
  7. وَيَجْعَلwayajʿaland make
  8. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  9. أَنْهَـٰرًۭاanhāranrivers

Verse 13

مَّا لَكُمْ لَا تَرْجُونَ لِلَّهِ وَقَارًا

Transliteration mā lakum lā tarjūna lillahi waqāran

English What is [the matter] with you that you do not attribute to Allāh [due] grandeur

  1. مَّاmāWhat
  2. لَكُمْlakum(is) for you
  3. لَاlānot
  4. تَرْجُونَtarjūnayou attribute
  5. لِلَّهِlillahito Allah
  6. وَقَارًۭاwaqārangrandeur

Verse 14

وَقَدْ خَلَقَكُمْ أَطْوَارًا

Transliteration waqad khalaqakum aṭwāran

English While He has created you in stages?

  1. وَقَدْwaqadAnd indeed
  2. خَلَقَكُمْkhalaqakumHe created you
  3. أَطْوَارًاaṭwāran(in) stages

Verse 15

أَلَمْ تَرَوْا۟ كَيْفَ خَلَقَ ٱللَّهُ سَبْعَ سَمَـٰوَٰتٍ طِبَاقًا

Transliteration alam taraw kayfa khalaqa l-lahu sabʿa samāwātin ṭibāqan

English Do you not consider how Allāh has created seven heavens in layers

  1. أَلَمْalamDo not
  2. تَرَوْا۟tarawyou see
  3. كَيْفَkayfahow
  4. خَلَقَkhalaqadid create
  5. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  6. سَبْعَsabʿa(the) seven
  7. سَمَـٰوَٰتٍۢsamāwātinheavens
  8. طِبَاقًۭاṭibāqan(in) layers

Verse 16

وَجَعَلَ ٱلْقَمَرَ فِيهِنَّ نُورًا وَجَعَلَ ٱلشَّمْسَ سِرَاجًا

Transliteration wajaʿala l-qamara fīhinna nūran wajaʿala l-shamsa sirājan

English And made the moon therein a [reflected] light and made the sun a burning lamp?

  1. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaAnd made
  2. ٱلْقَمَرَl-qamarathe moon
  3. فِيهِنَّfīhinnatherein
  4. نُورًۭاnūrana light
  5. وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand made
  6. ٱلشَّمْسَl-shamsathe sun
  7. سِرَاجًۭاsirājana lamp

Verse 17

وَٱللَّهُ أَنۢبَتَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ نَبَاتًا

Transliteration wal-lahu anbatakum mina l-arḍi nabātan

English And Allāh has caused you to grow from the earth a [progressive] growth.

  1. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  2. أَنۢبَتَكُمanbatakumhas caused you to grow
  3. مِّنَminafrom
  4. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  5. نَبَاتًۭاnabātan(as) a growth

Verse 18

ثُمَّ يُعِيدُكُمْ فِيهَا وَيُخْرِجُكُمْ إِخْرَاجًا

Transliteration thumma yuʿīdukum fīhā wayukh'rijukum ikh'rājan

English Then He will return you into it and extract you [another] extraction.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. يُعِيدُكُمْyuʿīdukumHe will return you
  3. فِيهَاfīhāinto it
  4. وَيُخْرِجُكُمْwayukh'rijukumand bring you forth
  5. إِخْرَاجًۭاikh'rājan(a new) bringing forth

Verse 19

وَٱللَّهُ جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلْأَرْضَ بِسَاطًا

Transliteration wal-lahu jaʿala lakumu l-arḍa bisāṭan

English And Allāh has made for you the earth an expanse

  1. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  2. جَعَلَjaʿalamade
  3. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  4. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  5. بِسَاطًۭاbisāṭanan expanse

Verse 20

لِّتَسْلُكُوا۟ مِنْهَا سُبُلًا فِجَاجًا

Transliteration litaslukū min'hā subulan fijājan

English That you may follow therein roads of passage.'"

  1. لِّتَسْلُكُوا۟litaslukūThat you may go along
  2. مِنْهَاmin'hātherein
  3. سُبُلًۭاsubulan(in) paths
  4. فِجَاجًۭاfijājanwide

Verse 21

قَالَ نُوحٌ رَّبِّ إِنَّهُمْ عَصَوْنِى وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟ مَن لَّمْ يَزِدْهُ مَالُهُۥ وَوَلَدُهُۥٓ إِلَّا خَسَارًا

Transliteration qāla nūḥun rabbi innahum ʿaṣawnī wa-ittabaʿū man lam yazid'hu māluhu wawaladuhu illā khasāran

English Noah said, "My Lord, indeed they have disobeyed me and followed him whose wealth and children will not increase him except in loss.

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. نُوحٌۭnūḥunNuh
  3. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  4. إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
  5. عَصَوْنِىʿaṣawnīdisobeyed me
  6. وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟wa-ittabaʿūand followed
  7. مَنman(the one) who
  8. لَّمْlam(did) not
  9. يَزِدْهُyazid'huincrease him
  10. مَالُهُۥmāluhuhis wealth
  11. وَوَلَدُهُۥٓwawaladuhuand his children
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. خَسَارًۭاkhasāran(in) loss

Verse 22

وَمَكَرُوا۟ مَكْرًا كُبَّارًا

Transliteration wamakarū makran kubbāran

English And they conspired an immense conspiracy

  1. وَمَكَرُوا۟wamakarūAnd they have planned
  2. مَكْرًۭاmakrana plan
  3. كُبَّارًۭاkubbārangreat

Verse 23

وَقَالُوا۟ لَا تَذَرُنَّ ءَالِهَتَكُمْ وَلَا تَذَرُنَّ وَدًّا وَلَا سُوَاعًا وَلَا يَغُوثَ وَيَعُوقَ وَنَسْرًا

Transliteration waqālū lā tadharunna ālihatakum walā tadharunna waddan walā suwāʿan walā yaghūtha wayaʿūqa wanasran

English And said, 'Never leave your gods and never leave Wadd or Suwāʿ or Yaghūth and Yaʿūq and Nasr.'

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they said
  2. لَاlā(Do) not
  3. تَذَرُنَّtadharunnaleave
  4. ءَالِهَتَكُمْālihatakumyour gods
  5. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  6. تَذَرُنَّtadharunnaleave
  7. وَدًّۭاwaddanWadd
  8. وَلَاwalāand not
  9. سُوَاعًۭاsuwāʿanSuwa
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. يَغُوثَyaghūthaYaguth
  12. وَيَعُوقَwayaʿūqaand Yauq
  13. وَنَسْرًۭاwanasranand Nasr

Verse 24

وَقَدْ أَضَلُّوا۟ كَثِيرًا ۖ وَلَا تَزِدِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ إِلَّا ضَلَـٰلًا

Transliteration waqad aḍallū kathīran walā tazidi l-ẓālimīna illā ḍalālan

English And already they have misled many. And, [my Lord], do not increase the wrongdoers except in error."

  1. وَقَدْwaqadAnd indeed
  2. أَضَلُّوا۟aḍallūthey have led astray
  3. كَثِيرًۭا ۖkathīranmany
  4. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  5. تَزِدِtazidiincrease
  6. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. ضَلَـٰلًۭاḍalālan(in) error

Verse 25

مِّمَّا خَطِيٓـَٔـٰتِهِمْ أُغْرِقُوا۟ فَأُدْخِلُوا۟ نَارًا فَلَمْ يَجِدُوا۟ لَهُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ أَنصَارًا

Transliteration mimmā khaṭīātihim ugh'riqū fa-ud'khilū nāran falam yajidū lahum min dūni l-lahi anṣāran

English Because of their sins they were drowned and put into the Fire, and they found not for themselves besides Allāh [any] helpers.

  1. مِّمَّاmimmāBecause of
  2. خَطِيٓـَٔـٰتِهِمْkhaṭīātihimtheir sins
  3. أُغْرِقُوا۟ugh'riqūthey were drowned
  4. فَأُدْخِلُوا۟fa-ud'khilūthen made to enter
  5. نَارًۭاnāran(the) Fire
  6. فَلَمْfalamand not
  7. يَجِدُوا۟yajidūthey found
  8. لَهُمlahumfor themselves
  9. مِّنminfrom
  10. دُونِdūnibesides
  11. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  12. أَنصَارًۭاanṣāranany helpers

Verse 26

وَقَالَ نُوحٌ رَّبِّ لَا تَذَرْ عَلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ مِنَ ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ دَيَّارًا

Transliteration waqāla nūḥun rabbi lā tadhar ʿalā l-arḍi mina l-kāfirīna dayyāran

English And Noah said, "My Lord, do not leave upon the earth from among the disbelievers an inhabitant.

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. نُوحٌۭnūḥunNuh
  3. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  4. لَاlā(Do) not
  5. تَذَرْtadharleave
  6. عَلَىʿalāon
  7. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  8. مِنَminaany
  9. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīna(of) the disbelievers
  10. دَيَّارًاdayyāran(as) an inhabitant

Verse 27

إِنَّكَ إِن تَذَرْهُمْ يُضِلُّوا۟ عِبَادَكَ وَلَا يَلِدُوٓا۟ إِلَّا فَاجِرًا كَفَّارًا

Transliteration innaka in tadharhum yuḍillū ʿibādaka walā yalidū illā fājiran kaffāran

English Indeed, if You leave them, they will mislead Your servants and not beget except [every] wicked one and [confirmed] disbeliever.

  1. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, You
  2. إِنinif
  3. تَذَرْهُمْtadharhumYou leave them
  4. يُضِلُّوا۟yuḍillūthey will mislead
  5. عِبَادَكَʿibādakaYour slaves
  6. وَلَاwalāand not
  7. يَلِدُوٓا۟yalidūthey will beget
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. فَاجِرًۭاfājirana wicked
  10. كَفَّارًۭاkaffārana disbeliever

Verse 28

رَّبِّ ٱغْفِرْ لِى وَلِوَٰلِدَىَّ وَلِمَن دَخَلَ بَيْتِىَ مُؤْمِنًا وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنَـٰتِ وَلَا تَزِدِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ إِلَّا تَبَارًۢا

Transliteration rabbi igh'fir lī waliwālidayya waliman dakhala baytiya mu'minan walil'mu'minīna wal-mu'mināti walā tazidi l-ẓālimīna illā tabāran

English My Lord, forgive me and my parents and whoever enters my house a believer and the believing men and believing women. And do not increase the wrongdoers except in destruction."

  1. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  2. ٱغْفِرْigh'firForgive
  3. لِىlīme
  4. وَلِوَٰلِدَىَّwaliwālidayyaand my parents
  5. وَلِمَنwalimanand whoever
  6. دَخَلَdakhalaenters
  7. بَيْتِىَbaytiyamy house
  8. مُؤْمِنًۭاmu'minana believer
  9. وَلِلْمُؤْمِنِينَwalil'mu'minīnaand the believing men
  10. وَٱلْمُؤْمِنَـٰتِwal-mu'minātiand the believing women
  11. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  12. تَزِدِtazidiincrease
  13. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  14. إِلَّاillāexcept
  15. تَبَارًۢاtabāran(in) destruction

Surah Al-Jinn الجن verses 1–28

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

قُلْ أُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ أَنَّهُ ٱسْتَمَعَ نَفَرٌ مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ فَقَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا سَمِعْنَا قُرْءَانًا عَجَبًا

Transliteration qul ūḥiya ilayya annahu is'tamaʿa nafarun mina l-jini faqālū innā samiʿ'nā qur'ānan ʿajaban

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "It has been revealed to me that a group of the jinn listened and said, 'Indeed, we have heard an amazing Qur’ān [i.e., recitation].

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أُوحِىَūḥiyaIt has been revealed
  3. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  4. أَنَّهُannahuthat
  5. ٱسْتَمَعَis'tamaʿalistened
  6. نَفَرٌۭnafaruna group
  7. مِّنَminaof
  8. ٱلْجِنِّl-jinithe jinn
  9. فَقَالُوٓا۟faqālūand they said
  10. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  11. سَمِعْنَاsamiʿ'nāheard
  12. قُرْءَانًاqur'ānana Quran
  13. عَجَبًۭاʿajabanamazing

Verse 2

يَهْدِىٓ إِلَى ٱلرُّشْدِ فَـَٔامَنَّا بِهِۦ ۖ وَلَن نُّشْرِكَ بِرَبِّنَآ أَحَدًا

Transliteration yahdī ilā l-rush'di faāmannā bihi walan nush'rika birabbinā aḥadan

English It guides to the right course, and we have believed in it. And we will never associate with our Lord anyone.

  1. يَهْدِىٓyahdīIt guides
  2. إِلَىilāto
  3. ٱلرُّشْدِl-rush'dithe right way
  4. فَـَٔامَنَّاfaāmannāso we believe
  5. بِهِۦ ۖbihiin it
  6. وَلَنwalanand never
  7. نُّشْرِكَnush'rikawe will associate
  8. بِرَبِّنَآbirabbināwith our Lord
  9. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone

Verse 3

وَأَنَّهُۥ تَعَـٰلَىٰ جَدُّ رَبِّنَا مَا ٱتَّخَذَ صَـٰحِبَةً وَلَا وَلَدًا

Transliteration wa-annahu taʿālā jaddu rabbinā mā ittakhadha ṣāḥibatan walā waladan

English And [it teaches] that exalted is the nobleness of our Lord; He has not taken a wife or a son

  1. وَأَنَّهُۥwa-annahuAnd that He
  2. تَعَـٰلَىٰtaʿālāExalted is
  3. جَدُّjaddu(the) Majesty
  4. رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
  5. مَاmānot
  6. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhaHe has taken
  7. صَـٰحِبَةًۭṣāḥibatana wife
  8. وَلَاwalāand not
  9. وَلَدًۭاwaladana son

Verse 4

وَأَنَّهُۥ كَانَ يَقُولُ سَفِيهُنَا عَلَى ٱللَّهِ شَطَطًا

Transliteration wa-annahu kāna yaqūlu safīhunā ʿalā l-lahi shaṭaṭan

English And that our foolish one [i.e., Iblees] has been saying about Allāh an excessive transgression.

  1. وَأَنَّهُۥwa-annahuAnd that he
  2. كَانَkānaused to
  3. يَقُولُyaqūluspeak
  4. سَفِيهُنَاsafīhunāthe foolish among us
  5. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. شَطَطًۭاshaṭaṭanan excessive transgression

Verse 5

وَأَنَّا ظَنَنَّآ أَن لَّن تَقُولَ ٱلْإِنسُ وَٱلْجِنُّ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا

Transliteration wa-annā ẓanannā an lan taqūla l-insu wal-jinu ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban

English And we had thought that mankind and the jinn would never speak about Allāh a lie.

  1. وَأَنَّاwa-annāAnd that we
  2. ظَنَنَّآẓanannāthought
  3. أَنanthat
  4. لَّنlannever
  5. تَقُولَtaqūlawill say
  6. ٱلْإِنسُl-insuthe men
  7. وَٱلْجِنُّwal-jinuand the jinn
  8. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  9. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  10. كَذِبًۭاkadhibanany lie

Verse 6

وَأَنَّهُۥ كَانَ رِجَالٌ مِّنَ ٱلْإِنسِ يَعُوذُونَ بِرِجَالٍ مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ فَزَادُوهُمْ رَهَقًا

Transliteration wa-annahu kāna rijālun mina l-insi yaʿūdhūna birijālin mina l-jini fazādūhum rahaqan

English And there were men from mankind who sought refuge in men from the jinn, so they [only] increased them in burden [i.e., sin].

  1. وَأَنَّهُۥwa-annahuAnd that
  2. كَانَkāna(there) were
  3. رِجَالٌۭrijālunmen
  4. مِّنَminaamong
  5. ٱلْإِنسِl-insimankind
  6. يَعُوذُونَyaʿūdhūnawho sought refuge
  7. بِرِجَالٍۢbirijālinin (the) men
  8. مِّنَminafrom
  9. ٱلْجِنِّl-jinithe jinn
  10. فَزَادُوهُمْfazādūhumso they increased them
  11. رَهَقًۭاrahaqan(in) burden

Verse 7

وَأَنَّهُمْ ظَنُّوا۟ كَمَا ظَنَنتُمْ أَن لَّن يَبْعَثَ ٱللَّهُ أَحَدًا

Transliteration wa-annahum ẓannū kamā ẓanantum an lan yabʿatha l-lahu aḥadan

English And they had thought, as you thought, that Allāh would never send anyone [as a messenger].

  1. وَأَنَّهُمْwa-annahumAnd that they
  2. ظَنُّوا۟ẓannūthought
  3. كَمَاkamāas
  4. ظَنَنتُمْẓanantumyou thought
  5. أَنanthat
  6. لَّنlannever
  7. يَبْعَثَyabʿathawill raise
  8. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  9. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone

Verse 8

وَأَنَّا لَمَسْنَا ٱلسَّمَآءَ فَوَجَدْنَـٰهَا مُلِئَتْ حَرَسًا شَدِيدًا وَشُهُبًا

Transliteration wa-annā lamasnā l-samāa fawajadnāhā muli-at ḥarasan shadīdan washuhuban

English And we have sought [to reach] the heaven but found it filled with powerful guards and burning flames.

  1. وَأَنَّاwa-annāAnd that we
  2. لَمَسْنَاlamasnāsought to touch
  3. ٱلسَّمَآءَl-samāathe heaven
  4. فَوَجَدْنَـٰهَاfawajadnāhābut we found it
  5. مُلِئَتْmuli-atfilled (with)
  6. حَرَسًۭاḥarasanguards
  7. شَدِيدًۭاshadīdansevere
  8. وَشُهُبًۭاwashuhubanand flaming fires

Verse 9

وَأَنَّا كُنَّا نَقْعُدُ مِنْهَا مَقَـٰعِدَ لِلسَّمْعِ ۖ فَمَن يَسْتَمِعِ ٱلْـَٔانَ يَجِدْ لَهُۥ شِهَابًا رَّصَدًا

Transliteration wa-annā kunnā naqʿudu min'hā maqāʿida lilssamʿi faman yastamiʿi l-āna yajid lahu shihāban raṣadan

English And we used to sit therein in positions for hearing, but whoever listens now will find a burning flame lying in wait for him.

  1. وَأَنَّاwa-annāAnd that we
  2. كُنَّاkunnāused to
  3. نَقْعُدُnaqʿudusit
  4. مِنْهَاmin'hāthere in
  5. مَقَـٰعِدَmaqāʿidapositions
  6. لِلسَّمْعِ ۖlilssamʿifor hearing
  7. فَمَنfamanbut (he) who
  8. يَسْتَمِعِyastamiʿilistens
  9. ٱلْـَٔانَl-ānanow
  10. يَجِدْyajidwill find
  11. لَهُۥlahufor him
  12. شِهَابًۭاshihābana flaming fire
  13. رَّصَدًۭاraṣadanwaiting

Verse 10

وَأَنَّا لَا نَدْرِىٓ أَشَرٌّ أُرِيدَ بِمَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَمْ أَرَادَ بِهِمْ رَبُّهُمْ رَشَدًا

Transliteration wa-annā lā nadrī asharrun urīda biman fī l-arḍi am arāda bihim rabbuhum rashadan

English And we do not know [therefore] whether evil is intended for those on earth or whether their Lord intends for them a right course.

  1. وَأَنَّاwa-annāAnd that we
  2. لَاlānot
  3. نَدْرِىٓnadrīwe know
  4. أَشَرٌّasharrunwhether evil
  5. أُرِيدَurīdais intended
  6. بِمَنbimanfor (those) who
  7. فِىfī(are) in
  8. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  9. أَمْamor
  10. أَرَادَarādaintends
  11. بِهِمْbihimfor them
  12. رَبُّهُمْrabbuhumtheir Lord
  13. رَشَدًۭاrashadana right path

Verse 11

وَأَنَّا مِنَّا ٱلصَّـٰلِحُونَ وَمِنَّا دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ ۖ كُنَّا طَرَآئِقَ قِدَدًا

Transliteration wa-annā minnā l-ṣāliḥūna waminnā dūna dhālika kunnā ṭarāiqa qidadan

English And among us are the righteous, and among us are [others] not so; we were [of] divided ways.

  1. وَأَنَّاwa-annāAnd that [we]
  2. مِنَّاminnāamong us
  3. ٱلصَّـٰلِحُونَl-ṣāliḥūna(are) the righteous
  4. وَمِنَّاwaminnāand among us
  5. دُونَdūna(are) other than
  6. ذَٰلِكَ ۖdhālikathat
  7. كُنَّاkunnāWe
  8. طَرَآئِقَṭarāiqa(are on) ways
  9. قِدَدًۭاqidadandifferent

Verse 12

وَأَنَّا ظَنَنَّآ أَن لَّن نُّعْجِزَ ٱللَّهَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَن نُّعْجِزَهُۥ هَرَبًا

Transliteration wa-annā ẓanannā an lan nuʿ'jiza l-laha fī l-arḍi walan nuʿ'jizahu haraban

English And we have become certain that we will never cause failure to Allāh upon earth, nor can we escape Him by flight.

  1. وَأَنَّاwa-annāAnd that we
  2. ظَنَنَّآẓanannā[we] have become certain
  3. أَنanthat
  4. لَّنlannever
  5. نُّعْجِزَnuʿ'jizawe will cause failure
  6. ٱللَّهَl-laha(to) Allah
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  9. وَلَنwalanand never
  10. نُّعْجِزَهُۥnuʿ'jizahuwe can escape Him
  11. هَرَبًۭاharaban(by) flight

Verse 13

وَأَنَّا لَمَّا سَمِعْنَا ٱلْهُدَىٰٓ ءَامَنَّا بِهِۦ ۖ فَمَن يُؤْمِنۢ بِرَبِّهِۦ فَلَا يَخَافُ بَخْسًا وَلَا رَهَقًا

Transliteration wa-annā lammā samiʿ'nā l-hudā āmannā bihi faman yu'min birabbihi falā yakhāfu bakhsan walā rahaqan

English And when we heard the guidance [i.e., the Qur’ān], we believed in it. And whoever believes in his Lord will not fear deprivation or burden.

  1. وَأَنَّاwa-annāAnd that [we]
  2. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  3. سَمِعْنَاsamiʿ'nāwe heard
  4. ٱلْهُدَىٰٓl-hudāthe Guidance
  5. ءَامَنَّاāmannāwe believed
  6. بِهِۦ ۖbihiin it
  7. فَمَنfamanAnd whoever
  8. يُؤْمِنۢyu'minbelieves
  9. بِرَبِّهِۦbirabbihiin his Lord
  10. فَلَاfalāthen not
  11. يَخَافُyakhāfuhe will fear
  12. بَخْسًۭاbakhsanany loss
  13. وَلَاwalāand not
  14. رَهَقًۭاrahaqanany burden

Verse 14

وَأَنَّا مِنَّا ٱلْمُسْلِمُونَ وَمِنَّا ٱلْقَـٰسِطُونَ ۖ فَمَنْ أَسْلَمَ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ تَحَرَّوْا۟ رَشَدًا

Transliteration wa-annā minnā l-mus'limūna waminnā l-qāsiṭūna faman aslama fa-ulāika taḥarraw rashadan

English And among us are Muslims [in submission to Allāh], and among us are the unjust. And whoever has become Muslim - those have sought out the right course.

  1. وَأَنَّاwa-annāAnd that we
  2. مِنَّاminnāamong us
  3. ٱلْمُسْلِمُونَl-mus'limūna(are) Muslims
  4. وَمِنَّاwaminnāand among us
  5. ٱلْقَـٰسِطُونَ ۖl-qāsiṭūna(are) unjust
  6. فَمَنْfamanAnd whoever
  7. أَسْلَمَaslamasubmits
  8. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  9. تَحَرَّوْا۟taḥarrawhave sought
  10. رَشَدًۭاrashadan(the) right path

Verse 15

وَأَمَّا ٱلْقَـٰسِطُونَ فَكَانُوا۟ لِجَهَنَّمَ حَطَبًا

Transliteration wa-ammā l-qāsiṭūna fakānū lijahannama ḥaṭaban

English But as for the unjust, they will be, for Hell, firewood.'

  1. وَأَمَّاwa-ammāAnd as for
  2. ٱلْقَـٰسِطُونَl-qāsiṭūnathe unjust
  3. فَكَانُوا۟fakānūthey will be
  4. لِجَهَنَّمَlijahannamafor Hell
  5. حَطَبًۭاḥaṭabanfirewood

Verse 16

وَأَلَّوِ ٱسْتَقَـٰمُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلطَّرِيقَةِ لَأَسْقَيْنَـٰهُم مَّآءً غَدَقًا

Transliteration wa-allawi is'taqāmū ʿalā l-ṭarīqati la-asqaynāhum māan ghadaqan

English And [Allāh revealed] that if they had remained straight on the way, We would have given them abundant rain [i.e., provision].

  1. وَأَلَّوِwa-allawiAnd that if
  2. ٱسْتَقَـٰمُوا۟is'taqāmūthey had remained
  3. عَلَىʿalāon
  4. ٱلطَّرِيقَةِl-ṭarīqatithe Way
  5. لَأَسْقَيْنَـٰهُمla-asqaynāhumsurely We (would) have given them to drink
  6. مَّآءًmāanwater
  7. غَدَقًۭاghadaqan(in) abundance

Verse 17

لِّنَفْتِنَهُمْ فِيهِ ۚ وَمَن يُعْرِضْ عَن ذِكْرِ رَبِّهِۦ يَسْلُكْهُ عَذَابًا صَعَدًا

Transliteration linaftinahum fīhi waman yuʿ'riḍ ʿan dhik'ri rabbihi yasluk'hu ʿadhāban ṣaʿadan

English So We might test them therein. And whoever turns away from the remembrance of his Lord He will put into arduous punishment.

  1. لِّنَفْتِنَهُمْlinaftinahumThat We might test them
  2. فِيهِ ۚfīhitherein
  3. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  4. يُعْرِضْyuʿ'riḍturns away
  5. عَنʿanfrom
  6. ذِكْرِdhik'rithe Remembrance
  7. رَبِّهِۦrabbihi(of) his Lord
  8. يَسْلُكْهُyasluk'huHe will make him enter
  9. عَذَابًۭاʿadhābana punishment
  10. صَعَدًۭاṣaʿadansevere

Verse 18

وَأَنَّ ٱلْمَسَـٰجِدَ لِلَّهِ فَلَا تَدْعُوا۟ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ أَحَدًا

Transliteration wa-anna l-masājida lillahi falā tadʿū maʿa l-lahi aḥadan

English And [He revealed] that the masjids are for Allāh, so do not invoke with Allāh anyone.

  1. وَأَنَّwa-annaAnd that
  2. ٱلْمَسَـٰجِدَl-masājidathe masjids
  3. لِلَّهِlillahi(are) for Allah
  4. فَلَاfalāso (do) not
  5. تَدْعُوا۟tadʿūcall
  6. مَعَmaʿawith
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  8. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone

Verse 19

وَأَنَّهُۥ لَمَّا قَامَ عَبْدُ ٱللَّهِ يَدْعُوهُ كَادُوا۟ يَكُونُونَ عَلَيْهِ لِبَدًا

Transliteration wa-annahu lammā qāma ʿabdu l-lahi yadʿūhu kādū yakūnūna ʿalayhi libadan

English And that when the Servant [i.e., Prophet] of Allāh stood up supplicating Him, they almost became about him a compacted mass."

  1. وَأَنَّهُۥwa-annahuAnd that
  2. لَمَّاlammāwhen
  3. قَامَqāmastood up
  4. عَبْدُʿabdu(the) slave
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  6. يَدْعُوهُyadʿūhucalling (upon) Him
  7. كَادُوا۟kādūthey almost
  8. يَكُونُونَyakūnūnabecame
  9. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiaround him
  10. لِبَدًۭاlibadana compacted mass

Verse 20

قُلْ إِنَّمَآ أَدْعُوا۟ رَبِّى وَلَآ أُشْرِكُ بِهِۦٓ أَحَدًا

Transliteration qul innamā adʿū rabbī walā ush'riku bihi aḥadan

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "I only invoke my Lord and do not associate with Him anyone."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  3. أَدْعُوا۟adʿūI call upon
  4. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  5. وَلَآwalāand not
  6. أُشْرِكُush'rikuI associate
  7. بِهِۦٓbihiwith Him
  8. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone

Verse 21

قُلْ إِنِّى لَآ أَمْلِكُ لَكُمْ ضَرًّا وَلَا رَشَدًا

Transliteration qul innī lā amliku lakum ḍarran walā rashadan

English Say, "Indeed, I do not possess for you [the power of] harm or right direction."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  3. لَآlā(do) not
  4. أَمْلِكُamlikupossess
  5. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  6. ضَرًّۭاḍarranany harm
  7. وَلَاwalāand not
  8. رَشَدًۭاrashadanright path

Verse 22

قُلْ إِنِّى لَن يُجِيرَنِى مِنَ ٱللَّهِ أَحَدٌ وَلَنْ أَجِدَ مِن دُونِهِۦ مُلْتَحَدًا

Transliteration qul innī lan yujīranī mina l-lahi aḥadun walan ajida min dūnihi mul'taḥadan

English Say, "Indeed, there will never protect me from Allāh anyone [if I should disobey], nor will I find in other than Him a refuge.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed I
  3. لَنlannever
  4. يُجِيرَنِىyujīranīcan protect me
  5. مِنَminafrom
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. أَحَدٌۭaḥadunanyone
  8. وَلَنْwalanand never
  9. أَجِدَajidacan I find
  10. مِنminfrom
  11. دُونِهِۦdūnihibesides Him
  12. مُلْتَحَدًاmul'taḥadanany refuge

Verse 23

إِلَّا بَلَـٰغًا مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرِسَـٰلَـٰتِهِۦ ۚ وَمَن يَعْصِ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ فَإِنَّ لَهُۥ نَارَ جَهَنَّمَ خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًا

Transliteration illā balāghan mina l-lahi warisālātihi waman yaʿṣi l-laha warasūlahu fa-inna lahu nāra jahannama khālidīna fīhā abadan

English But [I have for you] only notification from Allāh, and His messages." And whoever disobeys Allāh and His Messenger - then indeed, for him is the fire of Hell; they will abide therein forever.

  1. إِلَّاillāBut
  2. بَلَـٰغًۭاbalāghan(the) notification
  3. مِّنَminafrom
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. وَرِسَـٰلَـٰتِهِۦ ۚwarisālātihiand His Messages
  6. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  7. يَعْصِyaʿṣidisobeys
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. وَرَسُولَهُۥwarasūlahuand His Messenger
  10. فَإِنَّfa-innathen indeed
  11. لَهُۥlahufor him
  12. نَارَnāra(is the) Fire
  13. جَهَنَّمَjahannama(of) Hell
  14. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīna(they will) abide
  15. فِيهَآfīhātherein
  16. أَبَدًاabadanforever

Verse 24

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا رَأَوْا۟ مَا يُوعَدُونَ فَسَيَعْلَمُونَ مَنْ أَضْعَفُ نَاصِرًا وَأَقَلُّ عَدَدًا

Transliteration ḥattā idhā ra-aw mā yūʿadūna fasayaʿlamūna man aḍʿafu nāṣiran wa-aqallu ʿadadan

English [The disbelievers continue] until, when they see that which they are promised, then they will know who is weaker in helpers and less in number.

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. إِذَاidhāwhen
  3. رَأَوْا۟ra-awthey see
  4. مَاmāwhat
  5. يُوعَدُونَyūʿadūnathey are promised
  6. فَسَيَعْلَمُونَfasayaʿlamūnathen they will know
  7. مَنْmanwho
  8. أَضْعَفُaḍʿafu(is) weaker
  9. نَاصِرًۭاnāṣiran(in) helpers
  10. وَأَقَلُّwa-aqalluand fewer
  11. عَدَدًۭاʿadadan(in) number

Verse 25

قُلْ إِنْ أَدْرِىٓ أَقَرِيبٌ مَّا تُوعَدُونَ أَمْ يَجْعَلُ لَهُۥ رَبِّىٓ أَمَدًا

Transliteration qul in adrī aqarībun mā tūʿadūna am yajʿalu lahu rabbī amadan

English Say, "I do not know if what you are promised is near or if my Lord will grant for it a [long] period."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. إِنْinNot
  3. أَدْرِىٓadrīI know
  4. أَقَرِيبٌۭaqarībunwhether is near
  5. مَّاmāwhat
  6. تُوعَدُونَtūʿadūnayou are promised
  7. أَمْamor (whether)
  8. يَجْعَلُyajʿaluwill appoint
  9. لَهُۥlahufor it
  10. رَبِّىٓrabbīmy Lord
  11. أَمَدًاamadana (distant) term

Verse 26

عَـٰلِمُ ٱلْغَيْبِ فَلَا يُظْهِرُ عَلَىٰ غَيْبِهِۦٓ أَحَدًا

Transliteration ʿālimu l-ghaybi falā yuẓ'hiru ʿalā ghaybihi aḥadan

English [He is] Knower of the unseen, and He does not disclose His [knowledge of the] unseen to anyone

  1. عَـٰلِمُʿālimu(The) All-Knower
  2. ٱلْغَيْبِl-ghaybi(of) the unseen
  3. فَلَاfalāso not
  4. يُظْهِرُyuẓ'hiruHe reveals
  5. عَلَىٰʿalāfrom
  6. غَيْبِهِۦٓghaybihiHis unseen
  7. أَحَدًاaḥadan(to) anyone

Verse 27

إِلَّا مَنِ ٱرْتَضَىٰ مِن رَّسُولٍ فَإِنَّهُۥ يَسْلُكُ مِنۢ بَيْنِ يَدَيْهِ وَمِنْ خَلْفِهِۦ رَصَدًا

Transliteration illā mani ir'taḍā min rasūlin fa-innahu yasluku min bayni yadayhi wamin khalfihi raṣadan

English Except whom He has approved of messengers, and indeed, He sends before him [i.e., each messenger] and behind him observers

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَنِmaniwhom
  3. ٱرْتَضَىٰir'taḍāHe has approved
  4. مِنminof
  5. رَّسُولٍۢrasūlina Messenger
  6. فَإِنَّهُۥfa-innahuand indeed, He
  7. يَسْلُكُyaslukumakes to march
  8. مِنۢminfrom
  9. بَيْنِbaynibefore
  10. يَدَيْهِyadayhihim
  11. وَمِنْwaminand from
  12. خَلْفِهِۦkhalfihibehind him
  13. رَصَدًۭاraṣadana guard

Verse 28

لِّيَعْلَمَ أَن قَدْ أَبْلَغُوا۟ رِسَـٰلَـٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ وَأَحَاطَ بِمَا لَدَيْهِمْ وَأَحْصَىٰ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عَدَدًۢا

Transliteration liyaʿlama an qad ablaghū risālāti rabbihim wa-aḥāṭa bimā ladayhim wa-aḥṣā kulla shayin ʿadadan

English That he [i.e., Muḥammad (ﷺ)] may know that they have conveyed the messages of their Lord; and He has encompassed whatever is with them and has enumerated all things in number.

  1. لِّيَعْلَمَliyaʿlamaThat He may make evident
  2. أَنanthat
  3. قَدْqadindeed
  4. أَبْلَغُوا۟ablaghūthey have conveyed
  5. رِسَـٰلَـٰتِrisālāti(the) Messages
  6. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  7. وَأَحَاطَwa-aḥāṭaand He has encompassed
  8. بِمَاbimāwhat
  9. لَدَيْهِمْladayhim(is) with them
  10. وَأَحْصَىٰwa-aḥṣāand He takes account
  11. كُلَّkulla(of) all
  12. شَىْءٍshayinthings
  13. عَدَدًۢاʿadadan(in) number

Surah Al-Muzzammil المزمل verses 1–20

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمُزَّمِّلُ

Transliteration yāayyuhā l-muzamilu

English O you who wraps himself [in clothing]

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلْمُزَّمِّلُl-muzamiluwho wraps himself

Verse 2

قُمِ ٱلَّيْلَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا

Transliteration qumi al-layla illā qalīlan

English Arise [to pray] the night, except for a little -

  1. قُمِqumiStand
  2. ٱلَّيْلَal-layla(in) the night
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlana little

Verse 3

نِّصْفَهُۥٓ أَوِ ٱنقُصْ مِنْهُ قَلِيلًا

Transliteration niṣ'fahu awi unquṣ min'hu qalīlan

English Half of it - or subtract from it a little

  1. نِّصْفَهُۥٓniṣ'fahuHalf of it
  2. أَوِawior
  3. ٱنقُصْunquṣlessen
  4. مِنْهُmin'hufrom it
  5. قَلِيلًاqalīlana little

Verse 4

أَوْ زِدْ عَلَيْهِ وَرَتِّلِ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ تَرْتِيلًا

Transliteration aw zid ʿalayhi warattili l-qur'āna tartīlan

English Or add to it, and recite the Qur’ān with measured recitation.

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. زِدْzidadd
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito it
  4. وَرَتِّلِwarattiliand recite
  5. ٱلْقُرْءَانَl-qur'ānathe Quran
  6. تَرْتِيلًاtartīlan(with) measured rhythmic recitation

Verse 5

إِنَّا سَنُلْقِى عَلَيْكَ قَوْلًا ثَقِيلًا

Transliteration innā sanul'qī ʿalayka qawlan thaqīlan

English Indeed, We will cast upon you a heavy word.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. سَنُلْقِىsanul'qīwill cast
  3. عَلَيْكَʿalaykaupon you
  4. قَوْلًۭاqawlana Word
  5. ثَقِيلًاthaqīlanheavy

Verse 6

إِنَّ نَاشِئَةَ ٱلَّيْلِ هِىَ أَشَدُّ وَطْـًٔا وَأَقْوَمُ قِيلًا

Transliteration inna nāshi-ata al-layli hiya ashaddu waṭan wa-aqwamu qīlan

English Indeed, the hours of the night are more effective for concurrence [of heart and tongue] and more suitable for words.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. نَاشِئَةَnāshi-ata(the) rising
  3. ٱلَّيْلِal-layli(at) the night
  4. هِىَhiyait
  5. أَشَدُّashaddu(is) very hard
  6. وَطْـًۭٔاwaṭanand most potent
  7. وَأَقْوَمُwa-aqwamuand more suitable
  8. قِيلًاqīlan(for) Word

Verse 7

إِنَّ لَكَ فِى ٱلنَّهَارِ سَبْحًا طَوِيلًا

Transliteration inna laka fī l-nahāri sabḥan ṭawīlan

English Indeed, for you by day is prolonged occupation.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. لَكَlakafor you
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلنَّهَارِl-nahārithe day
  5. سَبْحًۭاsabḥan(is) occupation
  6. طَوِيلًۭاṭawīlanprolonged

Verse 8

وَٱذْكُرِ ٱسْمَ رَبِّكَ وَتَبَتَّلْ إِلَيْهِ تَبْتِيلًا

Transliteration wa-udh'kuri is'ma rabbika watabattal ilayhi tabtīlan

English And remember the name of your Lord and devote yourself to Him with [complete] devotion.

  1. وَٱذْكُرِwa-udh'kuriAnd remember
  2. ٱسْمَis'ma(the) name
  3. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  4. وَتَبَتَّلْwatabattaland devote yourself
  5. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  6. تَبْتِيلًۭاtabtīlan(with) devotion

Verse 9

رَّبُّ ٱلْمَشْرِقِ وَٱلْمَغْرِبِ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ فَٱتَّخِذْهُ وَكِيلًا

Transliteration rabbu l-mashriqi wal-maghribi lā ilāha illā huwa fa-ittakhidh'hu wakīlan

English [He is] the Lord of the East and the West; there is no deity except Him, so take Him as Disposer of [your] affairs.

  1. رَّبُّrabbu(The) Lord
  2. ٱلْمَشْرِقِl-mashriqi(of) the east
  3. وَٱلْمَغْرِبِwal-maghribiand the west
  4. لَآlā(there is) no
  5. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  6. إِلَّاillāexcept
  7. هُوَhuwaHim
  8. فَٱتَّخِذْهُfa-ittakhidh'huso take Him
  9. وَكِيلًۭاwakīlan(as) Disposer of Affairs

Verse 10

وَٱصْبِرْ عَلَىٰ مَا يَقُولُونَ وَٱهْجُرْهُمْ هَجْرًا جَمِيلًا

Transliteration wa-iṣ'bir ʿalā mā yaqūlūna wa-uh'jur'hum hajran jamīlan

English And be patient over what they say and avoid them with gracious avoidance.

  1. وَٱصْبِرْwa-iṣ'birAnd be patient
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnathey say
  5. وَٱهْجُرْهُمْwa-uh'jur'humand avoid them
  6. هَجْرًۭاhajranan avoidance
  7. جَمِيلًۭاjamīlangracious

Verse 11

وَذَرْنِى وَٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَ أُو۟لِى ٱلنَّعْمَةِ وَمَهِّلْهُمْ قَلِيلًا

Transliteration wadharnī wal-mukadhibīna ulī l-naʿmati wamahhil'hum qalīlan

English And leave Me with [the matter of] the deniers, those of ease [in life], and allow them respite a little.

  1. وَذَرْنِىwadharnīAnd leave Me
  2. وَٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَwal-mukadhibīnaand the deniers
  3. أُو۟لِىulīpossessors
  4. ٱلنَّعْمَةِl-naʿmati(of) the ease
  5. وَمَهِّلْهُمْwamahhil'humand allow them respite
  6. قَلِيلًاqalīlana little

Verse 12

إِنَّ لَدَيْنَآ أَنكَالًا وَجَحِيمًا

Transliteration inna ladaynā ankālan wajaḥīman

English Indeed, with Us [for them] are shackles and burning fire.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. لَدَيْنَآladaynāwith Us
  3. أَنكَالًۭاankālan(are) shackles
  4. وَجَحِيمًۭاwajaḥīmanand burning fire

Verse 13

وَطَعَامًا ذَا غُصَّةٍ وَعَذَابًا أَلِيمًا

Transliteration waṭaʿāman dhā ghuṣṣatin waʿadhāban alīman

English And food that chokes and a painful punishment -

  1. وَطَعَامًۭاwaṭaʿāmanAnd food
  2. ذَاdhāthat
  3. غُصَّةٍۢghuṣṣatinchokes
  4. وَعَذَابًاwaʿadhābanand a punishment
  5. أَلِيمًۭاalīmanpainful

Verse 14

يَوْمَ تَرْجُفُ ٱلْأَرْضُ وَٱلْجِبَالُ وَكَانَتِ ٱلْجِبَالُ كَثِيبًا مَّهِيلًا

Transliteration yawma tarjufu l-arḍu wal-jibālu wakānati l-jibālu kathīban mahīlan

English On the Day the earth and the mountains will convulse and the mountains will become a heap of sand pouring down.

  1. يَوْمَyawma(On the) Day
  2. تَرْجُفُtarjufuwill quake
  3. ٱلْأَرْضُl-arḍuthe earth
  4. وَٱلْجِبَالُwal-jibāluand the mountains
  5. وَكَانَتِwakānatiand will become
  6. ٱلْجِبَالُl-jibāluthe mountains
  7. كَثِيبًۭاkathībana heap of sand
  8. مَّهِيلًاmahīlanpouring down

Verse 15

إِنَّآ أَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَيْكُمْ رَسُولًا شَـٰهِدًا عَلَيْكُمْ كَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ رَسُولًا

Transliteration innā arsalnā ilaykum rasūlan shāhidan ʿalaykum kamā arsalnā ilā fir'ʿawna rasūlan

English Indeed, We have sent to you a Messenger as a witness upon you just as We sent to Pharaoh a messenger.

  1. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, We
  2. أَرْسَلْنَآarsalnā[We] have sent
  3. إِلَيْكُمْilaykumto you
  4. رَسُولًۭاrasūlana Messenger
  5. شَـٰهِدًاshāhidan(as) a witness
  6. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  7. كَمَآkamāas
  8. أَرْسَلْنَآarsalnāWe sent
  9. إِلَىٰilāto
  10. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawnaFiraun
  11. رَسُولًۭاrasūlana Messenger

Verse 16

فَعَصَىٰ فِرْعَوْنُ ٱلرَّسُولَ فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُ أَخْذًا وَبِيلًا

Transliteration faʿaṣā fir'ʿawnu l-rasūla fa-akhadhnāhu akhdhan wabīlan

English But Pharaoh disobeyed the messenger, so We seized him with a ruinous seizure.

  1. فَعَصَىٰfaʿaṣāBut disobeyed
  2. فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
  3. ٱلرَّسُولَl-rasūlathe Messenger
  4. فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُfa-akhadhnāhuso We seized him
  5. أَخْذًۭاakhdhan(with) a seizure
  6. وَبِيلًۭاwabīlanruinous

Verse 17

فَكَيْفَ تَتَّقُونَ إِن كَفَرْتُمْ يَوْمًا يَجْعَلُ ٱلْوِلْدَٰنَ شِيبًا

Transliteration fakayfa tattaqūna in kafartum yawman yajʿalu l-wil'dāna shīban

English Then how can you fear, if you disbelieve, a Day that will make the children white-haired?

  1. فَكَيْفَfakayfaThen how
  2. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnawill you guard yourselves
  3. إِنinif
  4. كَفَرْتُمْkafartumyou disbelieve
  5. يَوْمًۭاyawmana Day
  6. يَجْعَلُyajʿalu(that) will make
  7. ٱلْوِلْدَٰنَl-wil'dānathe children
  8. شِيبًاshībangray-haired

Verse 18

ٱلسَّمَآءُ مُنفَطِرٌۢ بِهِۦ ۚ كَانَ وَعْدُهُۥ مَفْعُولًا

Transliteration al-samāu munfaṭirun bihi kāna waʿduhu mafʿūlan

English The heaven will break apart therefrom; ever is His promise fulfilled.

  1. ٱلسَّمَآءُal-samāuThe heaven
  2. مُنفَطِرٌۢmunfaṭirun(will) break apart
  3. بِهِۦ ۚbihitherefrom
  4. كَانَkānais
  5. وَعْدُهُۥwaʿduhuHis Promise
  6. مَفْعُولًاmafʿūlanto be fulfilled

Verse 19

إِنَّ هَـٰذِهِۦ تَذْكِرَةٌ ۖ فَمَن شَآءَ ٱتَّخَذَ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِۦ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration inna hādhihi tadhkiratun faman shāa ittakhadha ilā rabbihi sabīlan

English Indeed, this is a reminder, so whoever wills may take to his Lord a way.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihithis
  3. تَذْكِرَةٌۭ ۖtadhkiratun(is) a Reminder
  4. فَمَنfamanthen whoever
  5. شَآءَshāawills
  6. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadha(let him) take
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. رَبِّهِۦrabbihihis Lord
  9. سَبِيلًاsabīlana way

Verse 20

۞ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ يَعْلَمُ أَنَّكَ تَقُومُ أَدْنَىٰ مِن ثُلُثَىِ ٱلَّيْلِ وَنِصْفَهُۥ وَثُلُثَهُۥ وَطَآئِفَةٌ مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ مَعَكَ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ يُقَدِّرُ ٱلَّيْلَ وَٱلنَّهَارَ ۚ عَلِمَ أَن لَّن تُحْصُوهُ فَتَابَ عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ فَٱقْرَءُوا۟ مَا تَيَسَّرَ مِنَ ٱلْقُرْءَانِ ۚ عَلِمَ أَن سَيَكُونُ مِنكُم مَّرْضَىٰ ۙ وَءَاخَرُونَ يَضْرِبُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ يَبْتَغُونَ مِن فَضْلِ ٱللَّهِ ۙ وَءَاخَرُونَ يُقَـٰتِلُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ فَٱقْرَءُوا۟ مَا تَيَسَّرَ مِنْهُ ۚ وَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَأَقْرِضُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ قَرْضًا حَسَنًا ۚ وَمَا تُقَدِّمُوا۟ لِأَنفُسِكُم مِّنْ خَيْرٍ تَجِدُوهُ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ هُوَ خَيْرًا وَأَعْظَمَ أَجْرًا ۚ وَٱسْتَغْفِرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ۖ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌۢ

Transliteration inna rabbaka yaʿlamu annaka taqūmu adnā min thuluthayi al-layli waniṣ'fahu wathuluthahu waṭāifatun mina alladhīna maʿaka wal-lahu yuqaddiru al-layla wal-nahāra ʿalima an lan tuḥ'ṣūhu fatāba ʿalaykum fa-iq'raū mā tayassara mina l-qur'āni ʿalima an sayakūnu minkum marḍā waākharūna yaḍribūna fī l-arḍi yabtaghūna min faḍli l-lahi waākharūna yuqātilūna fī sabīli l-lahi fa-iq'raū mā tayassara min'hu wa-aqīmū l-ṣalata waātū l-zakata wa-aqriḍū l-laha qarḍan ḥasanan wamā tuqaddimū li-anfusikum min khayrin tajidūhu ʿinda l-lahi huwa khayran wa-aʿẓama ajran wa-is'taghfirū l-laha inna l-laha ghafūrun raḥīmun

English Indeed, your Lord knows, [O Muḥammad], that you stand [in prayer] almost two thirds of the night or half of it or a third of it, and [so do] a group of those with you. And Allāh determines [the extent of] the night and the day. He has known that you [Muslims] will not be able to do it and has turned to you in forgiveness, so recite what is easy [for you] of the Qur’ān. He has known that there will be among you those who are ill and others traveling throughout the land seeking [something] of the bounty of Allāh and others fighting for the cause of Allāh. So recite what is easy from it and establish prayer and give zakāh and loan Allāh a goodly loan. And whatever good you put forward for yourselves - you will find it with Allāh. It is better and greater in reward. And seek forgiveness of Allāh. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. ۞ إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  3. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuknows
  4. أَنَّكَannakathat you
  5. تَقُومُtaqūmustand
  6. أَدْنَىٰadnā(a little) less
  7. مِنminthan
  8. ثُلُثَىِthuluthayitwo-thirds
  9. ٱلَّيْلِal-layli(of) the night
  10. وَنِصْفَهُۥwaniṣ'fahuand half of it
  11. وَثُلُثَهُۥwathuluthahuand a third of it
  12. وَطَآئِفَةٌۭwaṭāifatunand (so do) a group
  13. مِّنَminaof
  14. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  15. مَعَكَ ۚmaʿaka(are) with you
  16. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  17. يُقَدِّرُyuqaddirudetermines
  18. ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
  19. وَٱلنَّهَارَ ۚwal-nahāraand the day
  20. عَلِمَʿalimaHe knows
  21. أَنanthat
  22. لَّنlannot
  23. تُحْصُوهُtuḥ'ṣūhuyou count it
  24. فَتَابَfatābaso He has turned
  25. عَلَيْكُمْ ۖʿalaykumto you
  26. فَٱقْرَءُوا۟fa-iq'raūso recite
  27. مَاmāwhat
  28. تَيَسَّرَtayassarais easy
  29. مِنَminaof
  30. ٱلْقُرْءَانِ ۚl-qur'ānithe Quran
  31. عَلِمَʿalimaHe knows
  32. أَنanthat
  33. سَيَكُونُsayakūnuthere will be
  34. مِنكُمminkumamong you
  35. مَّرْضَىٰ ۙmarḍāsick
  36. وَءَاخَرُونَwaākharūnaand others
  37. يَضْرِبُونَyaḍribūnatraveling
  38. فِىfīin
  39. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe land
  40. يَبْتَغُونَyabtaghūnaseeking
  41. مِنminof
  42. فَضْلِfaḍli(the) Bounty
  43. ٱللَّهِ ۙl-lahi(of) Allah
  44. وَءَاخَرُونَwaākharūnaand others
  45. يُقَـٰتِلُونَyuqātilūnafighting
  46. فِىfīin
  47. سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
  48. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahi(of) Allah
  49. فَٱقْرَءُوا۟fa-iq'raūSo recite
  50. مَاmāwhat
  51. تَيَسَّرَtayassarais easy
  52. مِنْهُ ۚmin'huof it
  53. وَأَقِيمُوا۟wa-aqīmūand establish
  54. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  55. وَءَاتُوا۟waātūand give
  56. ٱلزَّكَوٰةَl-zakatathe zakah
  57. وَأَقْرِضُوا۟wa-aqriḍūand loan
  58. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  59. قَرْضًاqarḍana loan
  60. حَسَنًۭا ۚḥasanangoodly
  61. وَمَاwamāAnd whatever
  62. تُقَدِّمُوا۟tuqaddimūyou send forth
  63. لِأَنفُسِكُمli-anfusikumfor yourselves
  64. مِّنْminof
  65. خَيْرٍۢkhayringood
  66. تَجِدُوهُtajidūhuyou will find it
  67. عِندَʿindawith
  68. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  69. هُوَhuwaIt
  70. خَيْرًۭاkhayran(will be) better
  71. وَأَعْظَمَwa-aʿẓamaand greater
  72. أَجْرًۭا ۚajran(in) reward
  73. وَٱسْتَغْفِرُوا۟wa-is'taghfirūAnd seek forgiveness
  74. ٱللَّهَ ۖl-laha(of) Allah
  75. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  76. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  77. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  78. رَّحِيمٌۢraḥīmunMost Merciful

Surah Al-Muddaththir المدثر verses 1–56

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمُدَّثِّرُ

Transliteration yāayyuhā l-mudathiru

English O you who covers himself [with a garment],

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلْمُدَّثِّرُl-mudathiruwho covers himself

Verse 2

قُمْ فَأَنذِرْ

Transliteration qum fa-andhir

English Arise and warn.

  1. قُمْqumStand up
  2. فَأَنذِرْfa-andhirand warn

Verse 3

وَرَبَّكَ فَكَبِّرْ

Transliteration warabbaka fakabbir

English And your Lord glorify.

  1. وَرَبَّكَwarabbakaAnd your Lord
  2. فَكَبِّرْfakabbirmagnify

Verse 4

وَثِيَابَكَ فَطَهِّرْ

Transliteration wathiyābaka faṭahhir

English And your clothing purify.

  1. وَثِيَابَكَwathiyābakaAnd your clothing
  2. فَطَهِّرْfaṭahhirpurify

Verse 5

وَٱلرُّجْزَ فَٱهْجُرْ

Transliteration wal-ruj'za fa-uh'jur

English And uncleanliness avoid.

  1. وَٱلرُّجْزَwal-ruj'zaAnd uncleanliness
  2. فَٱهْجُرْfa-uh'juravoid

Verse 6

وَلَا تَمْنُن تَسْتَكْثِرُ

Transliteration walā tamnun tastakthiru

English And do not confer favor to acquire more.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَمْنُنtamnunconfer favor
  3. تَسْتَكْثِرُtastakthiru(to) acquire more

Verse 7

وَلِرَبِّكَ فَٱصْبِرْ

Transliteration walirabbika fa-iṣ'bir

English But for your Lord be patient.

  1. وَلِرَبِّكَwalirabbikaAnd for your Lord
  2. فَٱصْبِرْfa-iṣ'birbe patient

Verse 8

فَإِذَا نُقِرَ فِى ٱلنَّاقُورِ

Transliteration fa-idhā nuqira fī l-nāqūri

English And when the trumpet is blown,

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāThen when
  2. نُقِرَnuqirais blown
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلنَّاقُورِl-nāqūrithe trumpet

Verse 9

فَذَٰلِكَ يَوْمَئِذٍ يَوْمٌ عَسِيرٌ

Transliteration fadhālika yawma-idhin yawmun ʿasīrun

English That Day will be a difficult day

  1. فَذَٰلِكَfadhālikaThat
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinDay
  3. يَوْمٌyawmun(will be) a Day
  4. عَسِيرٌʿasīrundifficult

Verse 10

عَلَى ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ غَيْرُ يَسِيرٍ

Transliteration ʿalā l-kāfirīna ghayru yasīrin

English For the disbelievers - not easy.

  1. عَلَىʿalāFor
  2. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers
  3. غَيْرُghayrunot
  4. يَسِيرٍۢyasīrineasy

Verse 11

ذَرْنِى وَمَنْ خَلَقْتُ وَحِيدًا

Transliteration dharnī waman khalaqtu waḥīdan

English Leave Me with the one I created alone

  1. ذَرْنِىdharnīLeave Me
  2. وَمَنْwamanand whom
  3. خَلَقْتُkhalaqtuI created
  4. وَحِيدًۭاwaḥīdanalone

Verse 12

وَجَعَلْتُ لَهُۥ مَالًا مَّمْدُودًا

Transliteration wajaʿaltu lahu mālan mamdūdan

English And to whom I granted extensive wealth

  1. وَجَعَلْتُwajaʿaltuAnd I granted
  2. لَهُۥlahuto him
  3. مَالًۭاmālanwealth
  4. مَّمْدُودًۭاmamdūdanextensive

Verse 13

وَبَنِينَ شُهُودًا

Transliteration wabanīna shuhūdan

English And children present [with him]

  1. وَبَنِينَwabanīnaAnd children
  2. شُهُودًۭاshuhūdanpresent

Verse 14

وَمَهَّدتُّ لَهُۥ تَمْهِيدًا

Transliteration wamahhadttu lahu tamhīdan

English And spread [everything] before him, easing [his life].

  1. وَمَهَّدتُّwamahhadttuAnd I spread
  2. لَهُۥlahufor him
  3. تَمْهِيدًۭاtamhīdanease

Verse 15

ثُمَّ يَطْمَعُ أَنْ أَزِيدَ

Transliteration thumma yaṭmaʿu an azīda

English Then he desires that I should add more.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. يَطْمَعُyaṭmaʿuhe desires
  3. أَنْanthat
  4. أَزِيدَazīdaI (should) add more

Verse 16

كَلَّآ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ لِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا عَنِيدًا

Transliteration kallā innahu kāna liāyātinā ʿanīdan

English No! Indeed, he has been toward Our verses obstinate.

  1. كَلَّآ ۖkallāBy no means
  2. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  3. كَانَkānahas been
  4. لِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاliāyātināto Our Verses
  5. عَنِيدًۭاʿanīdanstubborn

Verse 17

سَأُرْهِقُهُۥ صَعُودًا

Transliteration sa-ur'hiquhu ṣaʿūdan

English I will cover him with arduous torment.

  1. سَأُرْهِقُهُۥsa-ur'hiquhuSoon I will cover Him
  2. صَعُودًاṣaʿūdan(with) a laborious punishment

Verse 18

إِنَّهُۥ فَكَّرَ وَقَدَّرَ

Transliteration innahu fakkara waqaddara

English Indeed, he thought and deliberated.

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  2. فَكَّرَfakkarathought
  3. وَقَدَّرَwaqaddaraand plotted

Verse 19

فَقُتِلَ كَيْفَ قَدَّرَ

Transliteration faqutila kayfa qaddara

English So may he be destroyed [for] how he deliberated.

  1. فَقُتِلَfaqutilaSo may he be destroyed
  2. كَيْفَkayfahow
  3. قَدَّرَqaddarahe plotted

Verse 20

ثُمَّ قُتِلَ كَيْفَ قَدَّرَ

Transliteration thumma qutila kayfa qaddara

English Then may he be destroyed [for] how he deliberated.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. قُتِلَqutilamay he be destroyed
  3. كَيْفَkayfahow
  4. قَدَّرَqaddarahe plotted

Verse 21

ثُمَّ نَظَرَ

Transliteration thumma naẓara

English Then he considered [again];

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. نَظَرَnaẓarahe looked

Verse 22

ثُمَّ عَبَسَ وَبَسَرَ

Transliteration thumma ʿabasa wabasara

English Then he frowned and scowled;

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. عَبَسَʿabasahe frowned
  3. وَبَسَرَwabasaraand scowled

Verse 23

ثُمَّ أَدْبَرَ وَٱسْتَكْبَرَ

Transliteration thumma adbara wa-is'takbara

English Then he turned back and was arrogant

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَدْبَرَadbarahe turned back
  3. وَٱسْتَكْبَرَwa-is'takbaraand was proud

Verse 24

فَقَالَ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ يُؤْثَرُ

Transliteration faqāla in hādhā illā siḥ'run yu'tharu

English And said, "This is not but magic imitated [from others].

  1. فَقَالَfaqālaThen he said
  2. إِنْinNot
  3. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  4. إِلَّاillābut
  5. سِحْرٌۭsiḥ'runmagic
  6. يُؤْثَرُyu'tharuimitated

Verse 25

إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا قَوْلُ ٱلْبَشَرِ

Transliteration in hādhā illā qawlu l-bashari

English This is not but the word of a human being."

  1. إِنْinNot
  2. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. قَوْلُqawlu(the) word
  5. ٱلْبَشَرِl-bashari(of) a human being

Verse 26

سَأُصْلِيهِ سَقَرَ

Transliteration sa-uṣ'līhi saqara

English I will drive him into Saqar.

  1. سَأُصْلِيهِsa-uṣ'līhiSoon I will drive him
  2. سَقَرَsaqara(into) Hell

Verse 27

وَمَآ أَدْرَىٰكَ مَا سَقَرُ

Transliteration wamā adrāka mā saqaru

English And what can make you know what is Saqar?

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd what
  2. أَدْرَىٰكَadrākacan make you know
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. سَقَرُsaqaru(is) Hell

Verse 28

لَا تُبْقِى وَلَا تَذَرُ

Transliteration lā tub'qī walā tadharu

English It lets nothing remain and leaves nothing [unburned],

  1. لَاlāNot
  2. تُبْقِىtub'qīit lets remain
  3. وَلَاwalāand not
  4. تَذَرُtadharuit leaves

Verse 29

لَوَّاحَةٌ لِّلْبَشَرِ

Transliteration lawwāḥatun lil'bashari

English Altering [i.e., blackening] the skins.

  1. لَوَّاحَةٌۭlawwāḥatunScorching
  2. لِّلْبَشَرِlil'basharithe human (skin)

Verse 30

عَلَيْهَا تِسْعَةَ عَشَرَ

Transliteration ʿalayhā tis'ʿata ʿashara

English Over it are nineteen [angels].

  1. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāOver it
  2. تِسْعَةَtis'ʿata(are) nine
  3. عَشَرَʿasharateen

Verse 31

وَمَا جَعَلْنَآ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلنَّارِ إِلَّا مَلَـٰٓئِكَةً ۙ وَمَا جَعَلْنَا عِدَّتَهُمْ إِلَّا فِتْنَةً لِّلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لِيَسْتَيْقِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَيَزْدَادَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِيمَـٰنًا ۙ وَلَا يَرْتَابَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ ۙ وَلِيَقُولَ ٱلَّذِينَ فِى قُلُوبِهِم مَّرَضٌ وَٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَ مَاذَآ أَرَادَ ٱللَّهُ بِهَـٰذَا مَثَلًا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يُضِلُّ ٱللَّهُ مَن يَشَآءُ وَيَهْدِى مَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَمَا يَعْلَمُ جُنُودَ رَبِّكَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ وَمَا هِىَ إِلَّا ذِكْرَىٰ لِلْبَشَرِ

Transliteration wamā jaʿalnā aṣḥāba l-nāri illā malāikatan wamā jaʿalnā ʿiddatahum illā fit'natan lilladhīna kafarū liyastayqina alladhīna ūtū l-kitāba wayazdāda alladhīna āmanū īmānan walā yartāba alladhīna ūtū l-kitāba wal-mu'minūna waliyaqūla alladhīna fī qulūbihim maraḍun wal-kāfirūna mādhā arāda l-lahu bihādhā mathalan kadhālika yuḍillu l-lahu man yashāu wayahdī man yashāu wamā yaʿlamu junūda rabbika illā huwa wamā hiya illā dhik'rā lil'bashari

English And We have not made the keepers of the Fire except angels. And We have not made their number except as a trial for those who disbelieve - that those who were given the Scripture will be convinced and those who have believed will increase in faith and those who were given the Scripture and the believers will not doubt and that those in whose hearts is disease [i.e., hypocrisy] and the disbelievers will say, "What does Allāh intend by this as an example?" Thus does Allāh send astray whom He wills and guide whom He wills. And none knows the soldiers of your Lord except Him. And it [i.e., mention of the Fire] is not but a reminder to humanity.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. جَعَلْنَآjaʿalnāWe have made
  3. أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥābakeepers
  4. ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(of) the Fire
  5. إِلَّاillāexcept
  6. مَلَـٰٓئِكَةًۭ ۙmalāikatanAngels
  7. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  8. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe have made
  9. عِدَّتَهُمْʿiddatahumtheir number
  10. إِلَّاillāexcept
  11. فِتْنَةًۭfit'natan(as) a trial
  12. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
  13. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  14. لِيَسْتَيْقِنَliyastayqinathat may be certain
  15. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  16. أُوتُوا۟ūtūwere given
  17. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Scripture
  18. وَيَزْدَادَwayazdādaand may increase
  19. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  20. ءَامَنُوٓا۟āmanūbelieve
  21. إِيمَـٰنًۭا ۙīmānan(in) faith
  22. وَلَاwalāand not
  23. يَرْتَابَyartābamay doubt
  24. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  25. أُوتُوا۟ūtūwere given
  26. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Scripture
  27. وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ ۙwal-mu'minūnaand the believers
  28. وَلِيَقُولَwaliyaqūlaand that may say
  29. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose
  30. فِىfīin
  31. قُلُوبِهِمqulūbihimtheir hearts
  32. مَّرَضٌۭmaraḍun(is) a disease
  33. وَٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَwal-kāfirūnaand the disbelievers
  34. مَاذَآmādhāWhat
  35. أَرَادَarāda(does) intend
  36. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  37. بِهَـٰذَاbihādhāby this
  38. مَثَلًۭا ۚmathalanexample
  39. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  40. يُضِلُّyuḍilludoes let go astray
  41. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  42. مَنmanwhom
  43. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  44. وَيَهْدِىwayahdīand guides
  45. مَنmanwhom
  46. يَشَآءُ ۚyashāuHe wills
  47. وَمَاwamāAnd none
  48. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuknows
  49. جُنُودَjunūda(the) hosts
  50. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  51. إِلَّاillāexcept
  52. هُوَ ۚhuwaHim
  53. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  54. هِىَhiyait
  55. إِلَّاillā(is) but
  56. ذِكْرَىٰdhik'rāa reminder
  57. لِلْبَشَرِlil'basharito (the) human beings

Verse 32

كَلَّا وَٱلْقَمَرِ

Transliteration kallā wal-qamari

English No! By the moon.

  1. كَلَّاkallāNay
  2. وَٱلْقَمَرِwal-qamariBy the moon

Verse 33

وَٱلَّيْلِ إِذْ أَدْبَرَ

Transliteration wa-al-layli idh adbara

English And [by] the night when it departs.

  1. وَٱلَّيْلِwa-al-layliAnd the night
  2. إِذْidhwhen
  3. أَدْبَرَadbarait departs

Verse 34

وَٱلصُّبْحِ إِذَآ أَسْفَرَ

Transliteration wal-ṣub'ḥi idhā asfara

English And [by] the morning when it brightens,

  1. وَٱلصُّبْحِwal-ṣub'ḥiAnd the morning
  2. إِذَآidhāwhen
  3. أَسْفَرَasfarait brightens

Verse 35

إِنَّهَا لَإِحْدَى ٱلْكُبَرِ

Transliteration innahā la-iḥ'dā l-kubari

English Indeed, it [i.e., the Fire] is of the greatest [afflictions].

  1. إِنَّهَاinnahāIndeed, it
  2. لَإِحْدَىla-iḥ'dā(is) surely one
  3. ٱلْكُبَرِl-kubari(of) the greatest

Verse 36

نَذِيرًا لِّلْبَشَرِ

Transliteration nadhīran lil'bashari

English As a warning to humanity -

  1. نَذِيرًۭاnadhīranA warning
  2. لِّلْبَشَرِlil'basharito (the) human being

Verse 37

لِمَن شَآءَ مِنكُمْ أَن يَتَقَدَّمَ أَوْ يَتَأَخَّرَ

Transliteration liman shāa minkum an yataqaddama aw yata-akhara

English To whoever wills among you to proceed or stay behind.

  1. لِمَنlimanTo whoever
  2. شَآءَshāawills
  3. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  4. أَنanto
  5. يَتَقَدَّمَyataqaddamaproceed
  6. أَوْawor
  7. يَتَأَخَّرَyata-akharastay behind

Verse 38

كُلُّ نَفْسٍۭ بِمَا كَسَبَتْ رَهِينَةٌ

Transliteration kullu nafsin bimā kasabat rahīnatun

English Every soul, for what it has earned, will be retained.

  1. كُلُّkulluEvery
  2. نَفْسٍۭnafsinsoul
  3. بِمَاbimāfor what
  4. كَسَبَتْkasabatit has earned
  5. رَهِينَةٌrahīnatun(is) pledged

Verse 39

إِلَّآ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلْيَمِينِ

Transliteration illā aṣḥāba l-yamīni

English Except the companions of the right,.

  1. إِلَّآillāExcept
  2. أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(the) companions
  3. ٱلْيَمِينِl-yamīni(of) the right

Verse 40

فِى جَنَّـٰتٍ يَتَسَآءَلُونَ

Transliteration fī jannātin yatasāalūna

English [Who will be] in gardens, questioning each other

  1. فِىfīIn
  2. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātinGardens
  3. يَتَسَآءَلُونَyatasāalūnaasking each other

Verse 41

عَنِ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration ʿani l-muj'rimīna

English About the criminals,

  1. عَنِʿaniAbout
  2. ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīnathe criminals

Verse 42

مَا سَلَكَكُمْ فِى سَقَرَ

Transliteration mā salakakum fī saqara

English [And asking them], "What put you into Saqar?"

  1. مَاmāWhat
  2. سَلَكَكُمْsalakakumled you
  3. فِىfīinto
  4. سَقَرَsaqaraHell

Verse 43

قَالُوا۟ لَمْ نَكُ مِنَ ٱلْمُصَلِّينَ

Transliteration qālū lam naku mina l-muṣalīna

English They will say, "We were not of those who prayed,

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
  2. لَمْlamNot
  3. نَكُnakuwe were
  4. مِنَminaof
  5. ٱلْمُصَلِّينَl-muṣalīnathose who prayed

Verse 44

وَلَمْ نَكُ نُطْعِمُ ٱلْمِسْكِينَ

Transliteration walam naku nuṭ'ʿimu l-mis'kīna

English Nor did we used to feed the poor.

  1. وَلَمْwalamAnd not
  2. نَكُnakuwe used to
  3. نُطْعِمُnuṭ'ʿimufeed
  4. ٱلْمِسْكِينَl-mis'kīnathe poor

Verse 45

وَكُنَّا نَخُوضُ مَعَ ٱلْخَآئِضِينَ

Transliteration wakunnā nakhūḍu maʿa l-khāiḍīna

English And we used to enter into vain discourse with those who engaged [in it],

  1. وَكُنَّاwakunnāAnd we used to
  2. نَخُوضُnakhūḍuindulge in vain talk
  3. مَعَmaʿawith
  4. ٱلْخَآئِضِينَl-khāiḍīnathe vain talkers

Verse 46

وَكُنَّا نُكَذِّبُ بِيَوْمِ ٱلدِّينِ

Transliteration wakunnā nukadhibu biyawmi l-dīni

English And we used to deny the Day of Recompense

  1. وَكُنَّاwakunnāAnd we used to
  2. نُكَذِّبُnukadhibudeny
  3. بِيَوْمِbiyawmi(the) Day
  4. ٱلدِّينِl-dīni(of) the Judgment

Verse 47

حَتَّىٰٓ أَتَىٰنَا ٱلْيَقِينُ

Transliteration ḥattā atānā l-yaqīnu

English Until there came to us the certainty [i.e., death]."

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. أَتَىٰنَاatānācame to us
  3. ٱلْيَقِينُl-yaqīnuthe certainty

Verse 48

فَمَا تَنفَعُهُمْ شَفَـٰعَةُ ٱلشَّـٰفِعِينَ

Transliteration famā tanfaʿuhum shafāʿatu l-shāfiʿīna

English So there will not benefit them the intercession of [any] intercessors.

  1. فَمَاfamāThen not
  2. تَنفَعُهُمْtanfaʿuhumwill benefit them
  3. شَفَـٰعَةُshafāʿatuintercession
  4. ٱلشَّـٰفِعِينَl-shāfiʿīna(of) the intercessors

Verse 49

فَمَا لَهُمْ عَنِ ٱلتَّذْكِرَةِ مُعْرِضِينَ

Transliteration famā lahum ʿani l-tadhkirati muʿ'riḍīna

English Then what is [the matter] with them that they are, from the reminder, turning away.

  1. فَمَاfamāThen what
  2. لَهُمْlahum(is) for them
  3. عَنِʿani(that) from
  4. ٱلتَّذْكِرَةِl-tadhkiratithe Reminder
  5. مُعْرِضِينَmuʿ'riḍīnathey (are) turning away

Verse 50

كَأَنَّهُمْ حُمُرٌ مُّسْتَنفِرَةٌ

Transliteration ka-annahum ḥumurun mus'tanfiratun

English As if they were alarmed donkeys.

  1. كَأَنَّهُمْka-annahumAs if they (were)
  2. حُمُرٌۭḥumurundonkeys
  3. مُّسْتَنفِرَةٌۭmus'tanfiratunfrightened

Verse 51

فَرَّتْ مِن قَسْوَرَةٍۭ

Transliteration farrat min qaswaratin

English Fleeing from a lion?

  1. فَرَّتْfarratFleeing
  2. مِنminfrom
  3. قَسْوَرَةٍۭqaswaratina lion

Verse 52

بَلْ يُرِيدُ كُلُّ ٱمْرِئٍ مِّنْهُمْ أَن يُؤْتَىٰ صُحُفًا مُّنَشَّرَةً

Transliteration bal yurīdu kullu im'ri-in min'hum an yu'tā ṣuḥufan munasharatan

English Rather, every person among them desires that he would be given scriptures spread about.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. يُرِيدُyurīduDesires
  3. كُلُّkulluevery
  4. ٱمْرِئٍۢim'ri-inperson
  5. مِّنْهُمْmin'humof them
  6. أَنanthat
  7. يُؤْتَىٰyu'tāhe may be given
  8. صُحُفًۭاṣuḥufanpages
  9. مُّنَشَّرَةًۭmunasharatanspread out

Verse 53

كَلَّا ۖ بَل لَّا يَخَافُونَ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَ

Transliteration kallā bal lā yakhāfūna l-ākhirata

English No! But they do not fear the Hereafter.

  1. كَلَّا ۖkallāNay
  2. بَلbalBut
  3. لَّاlānot
  4. يَخَافُونَyakhāfūnathey fear
  5. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَl-ākhiratathe Hereafter

Verse 54

كَلَّآ إِنَّهُۥ تَذْكِرَةٌ

Transliteration kallā innahu tadhkiratun

English No! Indeed, it [i.e., the Qur’ān] is a reminder.

  1. كَلَّآkallāNay
  2. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, it
  3. تَذْكِرَةٌۭtadhkiratun(is) a Reminder

Verse 55

فَمَن شَآءَ ذَكَرَهُۥ

Transliteration faman shāa dhakarahu

English Then whoever wills will remember it.

  1. فَمَنfamanSo whoever
  2. شَآءَshāawills
  3. ذَكَرَهُۥdhakarahu(may) pay heed to it

Verse 56

وَمَا يَذْكُرُونَ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ هُوَ أَهْلُ ٱلتَّقْوَىٰ وَأَهْلُ ٱلْمَغْفِرَةِ

Transliteration wamā yadhkurūna illā an yashāa l-lahu huwa ahlu l-taqwā wa-ahlu l-maghfirati

English And they will not remember except that Allāh wills. He is worthy of fear and adequate for [granting] forgiveness.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. يَذْكُرُونَyadhkurūnawill pay heed
  3. إِلَّآillāexcept
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يَشَآءَyashāawills
  6. ٱللَّهُ ۚl-lahuAllah
  7. هُوَhuwaHe
  8. أَهْلُahlu(is) worthy
  9. ٱلتَّقْوَىٰl-taqwāto be feared
  10. وَأَهْلُwa-ahluand worthy
  11. ٱلْمَغْفِرَةِl-maghfiratito forgive

Surah Al-Qiyamah القيامة verses 1–40

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

لَآ أُقْسِمُ بِيَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ

Transliteration lā uq'simu biyawmi l-qiyāmati

English I swear by the Day of Resurrection

  1. لَآlāNay
  2. أُقْسِمُuq'simuI swear
  3. بِيَوْمِbiyawmiby (the) Day
  4. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection

Verse 2

وَلَآ أُقْسِمُ بِٱلنَّفْسِ ٱللَّوَّامَةِ

Transliteration walā uq'simu bil-nafsi l-lawāmati

English And I swear by the reproaching soul [to the certainty of resurrection].

  1. وَلَآwalāAnd nay
  2. أُقْسِمُuq'simuI swear
  3. بِٱلنَّفْسِbil-nafsiby the soul
  4. ٱللَّوَّامَةِl-lawāmatiself-accusing

Verse 3

أَيَحْسَبُ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ أَلَّن نَّجْمَعَ عِظَامَهُۥ

Transliteration ayaḥsabu l-insānu allan najmaʿa ʿiẓāmahu

English Does man think that We will not assemble his bones?

  1. أَيَحْسَبُayaḥsabuDoes think
  2. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānu[the] man
  3. أَلَّنallanthat not
  4. نَّجْمَعَnajmaʿaWe will assemble
  5. عِظَامَهُۥʿiẓāmahuhis bones

Verse 4

بَلَىٰ قَـٰدِرِينَ عَلَىٰٓ أَن نُّسَوِّىَ بَنَانَهُۥ

Transliteration balā qādirīna ʿalā an nusawwiya banānahu

English Yes. [We are] Able [even] to proportion his fingertips.

  1. بَلَىٰbalāNay
  2. قَـٰدِرِينَqādirīna(We are) Able
  3. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  4. أَنanthat
  5. نُّسَوِّىَnusawwiyaWe can restore
  6. بَنَانَهُۥbanānahuhis fingertips

Verse 5

بَلْ يُرِيدُ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ لِيَفْجُرَ أَمَامَهُۥ

Transliteration bal yurīdu l-insānu liyafjura amāmahu

English But man desires to continue in sin.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. يُرِيدُyurīduDesires
  3. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānu[the] man
  4. لِيَفْجُرَliyafjurato give (the) lie
  5. أَمَامَهُۥamāmahu(to) what is before him

Verse 6

يَسْـَٔلُ أَيَّانَ يَوْمُ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ

Transliteration yasalu ayyāna yawmu l-qiyāmati

English He asks, "When is the Day of Resurrection?"

  1. يَسْـَٔلُyasaluHe asks
  2. أَيَّانَayyānaWhen
  3. يَوْمُyawmu(is the) Day
  4. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection

Verse 7

فَإِذَا بَرِقَ ٱلْبَصَرُ

Transliteration fa-idhā bariqa l-baṣaru

English So when vision is dazzled.

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāSo when
  2. بَرِقَbariqais dazzled
  3. ٱلْبَصَرُl-baṣaruthe vision

Verse 8

وَخَسَفَ ٱلْقَمَرُ

Transliteration wakhasafa l-qamaru

English And the moon darkens.

  1. وَخَسَفَwakhasafaAnd becomes dark
  2. ٱلْقَمَرُl-qamaruthe moon

Verse 9

وَجُمِعَ ٱلشَّمْسُ وَٱلْقَمَرُ

Transliteration wajumiʿa l-shamsu wal-qamaru

English And the sun and the moon are joined,

  1. وَجُمِعَwajumiʿaAnd are joined
  2. ٱلشَّمْسُl-shamsuthe sun
  3. وَٱلْقَمَرُwal-qamaruand the moon

Verse 10

يَقُولُ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ يَوْمَئِذٍ أَيْنَ ٱلْمَفَرُّ

Transliteration yaqūlu l-insānu yawma-idhin ayna l-mafaru

English Man will say on that Day, "Where is the [place of] escape?"

  1. يَقُولُyaqūluWill say
  2. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānu[the] man
  3. يَوْمَئِذٍyawma-idhinthat Day
  4. أَيْنَaynaWhere
  5. ٱلْمَفَرُّl-mafaru(is) the escape

Verse 11

كَلَّا لَا وَزَرَ

Transliteration kallā lā wazara

English No! There is no refuge.

  1. كَلَّاkallāBy no means
  2. لَاlā(There is) no
  3. وَزَرَwazararefuge

Verse 12

إِلَىٰ رَبِّكَ يَوْمَئِذٍ ٱلْمُسْتَقَرُّ

Transliteration ilā rabbika yawma-idhin l-mus'taqaru

English To your Lord, that Day, is the [place of] permanence.

  1. إِلَىٰilāTo
  2. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  3. يَوْمَئِذٍyawma-idhinthat Day
  4. ٱلْمُسْتَقَرُّl-mus'taqaru(is) the place of rest

Verse 13

يُنَبَّؤُا۟ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ يَوْمَئِذٍۭ بِمَا قَدَّمَ وَأَخَّرَ

Transliteration yunabba-u l-insānu yawma-idhin bimā qaddama wa-akhara

English Man will be informed that Day of what he sent ahead and kept back.

  1. يُنَبَّؤُا۟yunabba-uWill be informed
  2. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānu[the] man
  3. يَوْمَئِذٍۭyawma-idhinthat Day
  4. بِمَاbimāof what
  5. قَدَّمَqaddamahe sent forth
  6. وَأَخَّرَwa-akharaand kept back

Verse 14

بَلِ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِۦ بَصِيرَةٌ

Transliteration bali l-insānu ʿalā nafsihi baṣīratun

English Rather, man, against himself, will be a witness,

  1. بَلِbaliNay
  2. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānu[The] man
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāagainst
  4. نَفْسِهِۦnafsihihimself
  5. بَصِيرَةٌۭbaṣīratun(will be) a witness

Verse 15

وَلَوْ أَلْقَىٰ مَعَاذِيرَهُۥ

Transliteration walaw alqā maʿādhīrahu

English Even if he presents his excuses.

  1. وَلَوْwalawEven if
  2. أَلْقَىٰalqāhe presents
  3. مَعَاذِيرَهُۥmaʿādhīrahuhis excuses

Verse 16

لَا تُحَرِّكْ بِهِۦ لِسَانَكَ لِتَعْجَلَ بِهِۦٓ

Transliteration lā tuḥarrik bihi lisānaka litaʿjala bihi

English Move not your tongue with it, [O Muḥammad], to hasten with it [i.e., recitation of the Qur’ān].

  1. لَاlāNot
  2. تُحَرِّكْtuḥarrikmove
  3. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  4. لِسَانَكَlisānakayour tongue
  5. لِتَعْجَلَlitaʿjalato hasten
  6. بِهِۦٓbihiwith it

Verse 17

إِنَّ عَلَيْنَا جَمْعَهُۥ وَقُرْءَانَهُۥ

Transliteration inna ʿalaynā jamʿahu waqur'ānahu

English Indeed, upon Us is its collection [in your heart] and [to make possible] its recitation.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon Us
  3. جَمْعَهُۥjamʿahu(is) its collection
  4. وَقُرْءَانَهُۥwaqur'ānahuand its recitation

Verse 18

فَإِذَا قَرَأْنَـٰهُ فَٱتَّبِعْ قُرْءَانَهُۥ

Transliteration fa-idhā qaranāhu fa-ittabiʿ qur'ānahu

English So when We have recited it [through Gabriel], then follow its recitation.

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāAnd when
  2. قَرَأْنَـٰهُqaranāhuWe have recited it
  3. فَٱتَّبِعْfa-ittabiʿthen follow
  4. قُرْءَانَهُۥqur'ānahuits recitation

Verse 19

ثُمَّ إِنَّ عَلَيْنَا بَيَانَهُۥ

Transliteration thumma inna ʿalaynā bayānahu

English Then upon Us is its clarification [to you].

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. إِنَّinnaindeed
  3. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon Us
  4. بَيَانَهُۥbayānahu(is) its explanation

Verse 20

كَلَّا بَلْ تُحِبُّونَ ٱلْعَاجِلَةَ

Transliteration kallā bal tuḥibbūna l-ʿājilata

English No! But you [i.e., mankind] love the immediate

  1. كَلَّاkallāNo
  2. بَلْbalBut
  3. تُحِبُّونَtuḥibbūnayou love
  4. ٱلْعَاجِلَةَl-ʿājilatathe immediate

Verse 21

وَتَذَرُونَ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَ

Transliteration watadharūna l-ākhirata

English And leave [i.e., neglect] the Hereafter.

  1. وَتَذَرُونَwatadharūnaAnd leave
  2. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَl-ākhiratathe Hereafter

Verse 22

وُجُوهٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ نَّاضِرَةٌ

Transliteration wujūhun yawma-idhin nāḍiratun

English [Some] faces, that Day, will be radiant,

  1. وُجُوهٌۭwujūhunFaces
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. نَّاضِرَةٌnāḍiratun(will be) radiant

Verse 23

إِلَىٰ رَبِّهَا نَاظِرَةٌ

Transliteration ilā rabbihā nāẓiratun

English Looking at their Lord.

  1. إِلَىٰilāTowards
  2. رَبِّهَاrabbihātheir Lord
  3. نَاظِرَةٌۭnāẓiratunlooking

Verse 24

وَوُجُوهٌ يَوْمَئِذٍۭ بَاسِرَةٌ

Transliteration wawujūhun yawma-idhin bāsiratun

English And [some] faces, that Day, will be contorted,

  1. وَوُجُوهٌۭwawujūhunAnd faces
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۭyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. بَاسِرَةٌۭbāsiratun(will be) distorted

Verse 25

تَظُنُّ أَن يُفْعَلَ بِهَا فَاقِرَةٌ

Transliteration taẓunnu an yuf'ʿala bihā fāqiratun

English Expecting that there will be done to them [something] backbreaking.

  1. تَظُنُّtaẓunnuThinking
  2. أَنanthat
  3. يُفْعَلَyuf'ʿalawill be done
  4. بِهَاbihāto them
  5. فَاقِرَةٌۭfāqiratunbackbreaking

Verse 26

كَلَّآ إِذَا بَلَغَتِ ٱلتَّرَاقِىَ

Transliteration kallā idhā balaghati l-tarāqiya

English No! When it [i.e., the soul] has reached the collar bones

  1. كَلَّآkallāNo
  2. إِذَاidhāWhen
  3. بَلَغَتِbalaghatiit reaches
  4. ٱلتَّرَاقِىَl-tarāqiyathe collar bones

Verse 27

وَقِيلَ مَنْ ۜ رَاقٍ

Transliteration waqīla man rāqin

English And it is said, "Who will cure [him]?"

  1. وَقِيلَwaqīlaAnd it is said
  2. مَنْ ۜmanWho
  3. رَاقٍۢrāqin(will) cure

Verse 28

وَظَنَّ أَنَّهُ ٱلْفِرَاقُ

Transliteration waẓanna annahu l-firāqu

English And he [i.e., the dying one] is certain that it is the [time of] separation

  1. وَظَنَّwaẓannaAnd he is certain
  2. أَنَّهُannahuthat it
  3. ٱلْفِرَاقُl-firāqu(is) the parting

Verse 29

وَٱلْتَفَّتِ ٱلسَّاقُ بِٱلسَّاقِ

Transliteration wal-tafati l-sāqu bil-sāqi

English And the leg is wound about the leg,

  1. وَٱلْتَفَّتِwal-tafatiAnd is wound
  2. ٱلسَّاقُl-sāquthe leg
  3. بِٱلسَّاقِbil-sāqiabout the leg

Verse 30

إِلَىٰ رَبِّكَ يَوْمَئِذٍ ٱلْمَسَاقُ

Transliteration ilā rabbika yawma-idhin l-masāqu

English To your Lord, that Day, will be the procession.

  1. إِلَىٰilāTo
  2. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  3. يَوْمَئِذٍyawma-idhinthat Day
  4. ٱلْمَسَاقُl-masāqu(will be) the driving

Verse 31

فَلَا صَدَّقَ وَلَا صَلَّىٰ

Transliteration falā ṣaddaqa walā ṣallā

English And he [i.e., the disbeliever] had not believed, nor had he prayed.

  1. فَلَاfalāAnd not
  2. صَدَّقَṣaddaqahe accepted (the) truth
  3. وَلَاwalāand not
  4. صَلَّىٰṣallāhe prayed

Verse 32

وَلَـٰكِن كَذَّبَ وَتَوَلَّىٰ

Transliteration walākin kadhaba watawallā

English But [instead], he denied and turned away.

  1. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinBut
  2. كَذَّبَkadhabahe denied
  3. وَتَوَلَّىٰwatawallāand turned away

Verse 33

ثُمَّ ذَهَبَ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهِۦ يَتَمَطَّىٰٓ

Transliteration thumma dhahaba ilā ahlihi yatamaṭṭā

English And then he went to his people, swaggering [in pride].

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. ذَهَبَdhahabahe went
  3. إِلَىٰٓilāto
  4. أَهْلِهِۦahlihihis family
  5. يَتَمَطَّىٰٓyatamaṭṭāswaggering

Verse 34

أَوْلَىٰ لَكَ فَأَوْلَىٰ

Transliteration awlā laka fa-awlā

English Woe to you, and woe!

  1. أَوْلَىٰawlāWoe
  2. لَكَlakato you
  3. فَأَوْلَىٰfa-awlāand woe

Verse 35

ثُمَّ أَوْلَىٰ لَكَ فَأَوْلَىٰٓ

Transliteration thumma awlā laka fa-awlā

English Then woe to you, and woe!

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَوْلَىٰawlāwoe
  3. لَكَlakato you
  4. فَأَوْلَىٰٓfa-awlāand woe

Verse 36

أَيَحْسَبُ ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُ أَن يُتْرَكَ سُدًى

Transliteration ayaḥsabu l-insānu an yut'raka sudan

English Does man think that he will be left neglected?

  1. أَيَحْسَبُayaḥsabuDoes think
  2. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنُl-insānuman
  3. أَنanthat
  4. يُتْرَكَyut'rakahe will be left
  5. سُدًىsudanneglected

Verse 37

أَلَمْ يَكُ نُطْفَةً مِّن مَّنِىٍّ يُمْنَىٰ

Transliteration alam yaku nuṭ'fatan min maniyyin yum'nā

English Had he not been a sperm from semen emitted?

  1. أَلَمْalamWas not
  2. يَكُyakuhe
  3. نُطْفَةًۭnuṭ'fatana semen-drop
  4. مِّنminof
  5. مَّنِىٍّۢmaniyyinsemen
  6. يُمْنَىٰyum'nāemitted

Verse 38

ثُمَّ كَانَ عَلَقَةً فَخَلَقَ فَسَوَّىٰ

Transliteration thumma kāna ʿalaqatan fakhalaqa fasawwā

English Then he was a clinging clot, and [Allāh] created [his form] and proportioned [him]

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. كَانَkānahe was
  3. عَلَقَةًۭʿalaqatana clinging substance
  4. فَخَلَقَfakhalaqathen He created
  5. فَسَوَّىٰfasawwāand proportioned

Verse 39

فَجَعَلَ مِنْهُ ٱلزَّوْجَيْنِ ٱلذَّكَرَ وَٱلْأُنثَىٰٓ

Transliteration fajaʿala min'hu l-zawjayni l-dhakara wal-unthā

English And made of him two mates, the male and the female.

  1. فَجَعَلَfajaʿalaThen made
  2. مِنْهُmin'huof him
  3. ٱلزَّوْجَيْنِl-zawjaynitwo kinds
  4. ٱلذَّكَرَl-dhakara(the) male
  5. وَٱلْأُنثَىٰٓwal-unthāand the female

Verse 40

أَلَيْسَ ذَٰلِكَ بِقَـٰدِرٍ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يُحْـِۧىَ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ

Transliteration alaysa dhālika biqādirin ʿalā an yuḥ'yiya l-mawtā

English Is not that [Creator] Able to give life to the dead?

  1. أَلَيْسَalaysaIs not
  2. ذَٰلِكَdhālika[that]
  3. بِقَـٰدِرٍbiqādirin(He) Able
  4. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[over]
  5. أَنanto
  6. يُحْـِۧىَyuḥ'yiyagive life
  7. ٱلْمَوْتَىٰl-mawtā(to) the dead

Surah Al-Insan الانسان verses 1–31

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

هَلْ أَتَىٰ عَلَى ٱلْإِنسَـٰنِ حِينٌ مِّنَ ٱلدَّهْرِ لَمْ يَكُن شَيْـًٔا مَّذْكُورًا

Transliteration hal atā ʿalā l-insāni ḥīnun mina l-dahri lam yakun shayan madhkūran

English Has there [not] come upon man a period of time when he was not a thing [even] mentioned?

  1. هَلْhalHas
  2. أَتَىٰatā(there) come
  3. عَلَىʿalāupon
  4. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنِl-insāniman
  5. حِينٌۭḥīnuna period
  6. مِّنَminaof
  7. ٱلدَّهْرِl-dahritime
  8. لَمْlamnot
  9. يَكُنyakunhe was
  10. شَيْـًۭٔاshayana thing
  11. مَّذْكُورًاmadhkūranmentioned

Verse 2

إِنَّا خَلَقْنَا ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَ مِن نُّطْفَةٍ أَمْشَاجٍ نَّبْتَلِيهِ فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُ سَمِيعًۢا بَصِيرًا

Transliteration innā khalaqnā l-insāna min nuṭ'fatin amshājin nabtalīhi fajaʿalnāhu samīʿan baṣīran

English Indeed, We created man from a sperm-drop mixture that We may try him; and We made him hearing and seeing.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. خَلَقْنَاkhalaqnā[We] created
  3. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَl-insānaman
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. نُّطْفَةٍnuṭ'fatina semen-drop
  6. أَمْشَاجٍۢamshājina mixture
  7. نَّبْتَلِيهِnabtalīhi(that) We test him
  8. فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُfajaʿalnāhuso We made (for) him
  9. سَمِيعًۢاsamīʿanhearing
  10. بَصِيرًاbaṣīranand sight

Verse 3

إِنَّا هَدَيْنَـٰهُ ٱلسَّبِيلَ إِمَّا شَاكِرًا وَإِمَّا كَفُورًا

Transliteration innā hadaynāhu l-sabīla immā shākiran wa-immā kafūran

English Indeed, We guided him to the way, be he grateful or be he ungrateful.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. هَدَيْنَـٰهُhadaynāhuguided him
  3. ٱلسَّبِيلَl-sabīla(to) the way
  4. إِمَّاimmāwhether
  5. شَاكِرًۭاshākiran(he) be grateful
  6. وَإِمَّاwa-immāand whether
  7. كَفُورًاkafūran(he) be ungrateful

Verse 4

إِنَّآ أَعْتَدْنَا لِلْكَـٰفِرِينَ سَلَـٰسِلَا۟ وَأَغْلَـٰلًا وَسَعِيرًا

Transliteration innā aʿtadnā lil'kāfirīna salāsilā wa-aghlālan wasaʿīran

English Indeed, We have prepared for the disbelievers chains and shackles and a blaze.

  1. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, We
  2. أَعْتَدْنَاaʿtadnā[We] have prepared
  3. لِلْكَـٰفِرِينَlil'kāfirīnafor the disbelievers
  4. سَلَـٰسِلَا۟salāsilāchains
  5. وَأَغْلَـٰلًۭاwa-aghlālanand shackles
  6. وَسَعِيرًاwasaʿīranand a Blazing Fire

Verse 5

إِنَّ ٱلْأَبْرَارَ يَشْرَبُونَ مِن كَأْسٍ كَانَ مِزَاجُهَا كَافُورًا

Transliteration inna l-abrāra yashrabūna min kasin kāna mizājuhā kāfūran

English Indeed, the righteous will drink from a cup [of wine] whose mixture is of Kāfūr,

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلْأَبْرَارَl-abrārathe righteous
  3. يَشْرَبُونَyashrabūnawill drink
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. كَأْسٍۢkasina cup
  6. كَانَkānais
  7. مِزَاجُهَاmizājuhāits mixture
  8. كَافُورًاkāfūran(of) Kafur

Verse 6

عَيْنًا يَشْرَبُ بِهَا عِبَادُ ٱللَّهِ يُفَجِّرُونَهَا تَفْجِيرًا

Transliteration ʿaynan yashrabu bihā ʿibādu l-lahi yufajjirūnahā tafjīran

English A spring of which the [righteous] servants of Allāh will drink; they will make it gush forth in force [and abundance].

  1. عَيْنًۭاʿaynanA spring
  2. يَشْرَبُyashrabuwill drink
  3. بِهَاbihāfrom it
  4. عِبَادُʿibādu(the) slaves
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  6. يُفَجِّرُونَهَاyufajjirūnahācausing it to gush forth
  7. تَفْجِيرًۭاtafjīranabundantly

Verse 7

يُوفُونَ بِٱلنَّذْرِ وَيَخَافُونَ يَوْمًا كَانَ شَرُّهُۥ مُسْتَطِيرًا

Transliteration yūfūna bil-nadhri wayakhāfūna yawman kāna sharruhu mus'taṭīran

English They [are those who] fulfill [their] vows and fear a Day whose evil will be widespread.

  1. يُوفُونَyūfūnaThey fulfill
  2. بِٱلنَّذْرِbil-nadhrithe vows
  3. وَيَخَافُونَwayakhāfūnaand fear
  4. يَوْمًۭاyawmana Day
  5. كَانَkāna(which) is
  6. شَرُّهُۥsharruhuits evil
  7. مُسْتَطِيرًۭاmus'taṭīranwidespread

Verse 8

وَيُطْعِمُونَ ٱلطَّعَامَ عَلَىٰ حُبِّهِۦ مِسْكِينًا وَيَتِيمًا وَأَسِيرًا

Transliteration wayuṭ'ʿimūna l-ṭaʿāma ʿalā ḥubbihi mis'kīnan wayatīman wa-asīran

English And they give food in spite of love for it to the needy, the orphan, and the captive,

  1. وَيُطْعِمُونَwayuṭ'ʿimūnaAnd they feed
  2. ٱلطَّعَامَl-ṭaʿāmathe food
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāin spite of
  4. حُبِّهِۦḥubbihilove (for) it
  5. مِسْكِينًۭاmis'kīnan(to the) needy
  6. وَيَتِيمًۭاwayatīmanand (the) orphan
  7. وَأَسِيرًاwa-asīranand (the) captive

Verse 9

إِنَّمَا نُطْعِمُكُمْ لِوَجْهِ ٱللَّهِ لَا نُرِيدُ مِنكُمْ جَزَآءً وَلَا شُكُورًا

Transliteration innamā nuṭ'ʿimukum liwajhi l-lahi lā nurīdu minkum jazāan walā shukūran

English [Saying], "We feed you only for the face [i.e., approval] of Allāh. We wish not from you reward or gratitude.

  1. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  2. نُطْعِمُكُمْnuṭ'ʿimukumwe feed you
  3. لِوَجْهِliwajhifor (the) Countenance
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  5. لَاlāNot
  6. نُرِيدُnurīduwe desire
  7. مِنكُمْminkumfrom you
  8. جَزَآءًۭjazāanany reward
  9. وَلَاwalāand not
  10. شُكُورًاshukūranthanks

Verse 10

إِنَّا نَخَافُ مِن رَّبِّنَا يَوْمًا عَبُوسًا قَمْطَرِيرًا

Transliteration innā nakhāfu min rabbinā yawman ʿabūsan qamṭarīran

English Indeed, We fear from our Lord a Day austere and distressful."

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  2. نَخَافُnakhāfufear
  3. مِنminfrom
  4. رَّبِّنَاrabbināour Lord
  5. يَوْمًاyawmana Day
  6. عَبُوسًۭاʿabūsanharsh
  7. قَمْطَرِيرًۭاqamṭarīranand distressful

Verse 11

فَوَقَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ شَرَّ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْيَوْمِ وَلَقَّىٰهُمْ نَضْرَةً وَسُرُورًا

Transliteration fawaqāhumu l-lahu sharra dhālika l-yawmi walaqqāhum naḍratan wasurūran

English So Allāh will protect them from the evil of that Day and give them radiance and happiness

  1. فَوَقَىٰهُمُfawaqāhumuBut will protect them
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  3. شَرَّsharra(from the) evil
  4. ذَٰلِكَdhālika(of) that
  5. ٱلْيَوْمِl-yawmiDay
  6. وَلَقَّىٰهُمْwalaqqāhumand will cause them to meet
  7. نَضْرَةًۭnaḍratanradiance
  8. وَسُرُورًۭاwasurūranand happiness

Verse 12

وَجَزَىٰهُم بِمَا صَبَرُوا۟ جَنَّةً وَحَرِيرًا

Transliteration wajazāhum bimā ṣabarū jannatan waḥarīran

English And will reward them for what they patiently endured [with] a garden [in Paradise] and silk [garments].

  1. وَجَزَىٰهُمwajazāhumAnd will reward them
  2. بِمَاbimābecause
  3. صَبَرُوا۟ṣabarūthey were patient
  4. جَنَّةًۭjannatan(with) a Garden
  5. وَحَرِيرًۭاwaḥarīranand silk

Verse 13

مُّتَّكِـِٔينَ فِيهَا عَلَى ٱلْأَرَآئِكِ ۖ لَا يَرَوْنَ فِيهَا شَمْسًا وَلَا زَمْهَرِيرًا

Transliteration muttakiīna fīhā ʿalā l-arāiki lā yarawna fīhā shamsan walā zamharīran

English [They will be] reclining therein on adorned couches. They will not see therein any [burning] sun or [freezing] cold.

  1. مُّتَّكِـِٔينَmuttakiīnaReclining
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. عَلَىʿalāon
  4. ٱلْأَرَآئِكِ ۖl-arāikicouches
  5. لَاlāNot
  6. يَرَوْنَyarawnathey will see
  7. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  8. شَمْسًۭاshamsansun
  9. وَلَاwalāand not
  10. زَمْهَرِيرًۭاzamharīranfreezing cold

Verse 14

وَدَانِيَةً عَلَيْهِمْ ظِلَـٰلُهَا وَذُلِّلَتْ قُطُوفُهَا تَذْلِيلًا

Transliteration wadāniyatan ʿalayhim ẓilāluhā wadhullilat quṭūfuhā tadhlīlan

English And near above them are its shades, and its [fruit] to be picked will be lowered in compliance.

  1. وَدَانِيَةًwadāniyatanAnd near
  2. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimabove them
  3. ظِلَـٰلُهَاẓilāluhā(are) its shades
  4. وَذُلِّلَتْwadhullilatand will hang low
  5. قُطُوفُهَاquṭūfuhāits cluster of fruits
  6. تَذْلِيلًۭاtadhlīlandangling low

Verse 15

وَيُطَافُ عَلَيْهِم بِـَٔانِيَةٍ مِّن فِضَّةٍ وَأَكْوَابٍ كَانَتْ قَوَارِيرَا۠

Transliteration wayuṭāfu ʿalayhim biāniyatin min fiḍḍatin wa-akwābin kānat qawārīrā

English And there will be circulated among them vessels of silver and cups having been [created] clear [as glass],

  1. وَيُطَافُwayuṭāfuAnd will be circulated
  2. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimamong them
  3. بِـَٔانِيَةٍۢbiāniyatinvessels
  4. مِّنminof
  5. فِضَّةٍۢfiḍḍatinsilver
  6. وَأَكْوَابٍۢwa-akwābinand cups
  7. كَانَتْkānat(that) are
  8. قَوَارِيرَا۠qawārīrā(of) crystal

Verse 16

قَوَارِيرَا۟ مِن فِضَّةٍ قَدَّرُوهَا تَقْدِيرًا

Transliteration qawārīrā min fiḍḍatin qaddarūhā taqdīran

English Clear glasses [made] from silver of which they have determined the measure.

  1. قَوَارِيرَا۟qawārīrāCrystal-clear
  2. مِنminof
  3. فِضَّةٍۢfiḍḍatinsilver
  4. قَدَّرُوهَاqaddarūhāThey will determine its
  5. تَقْدِيرًۭاtaqdīranmeasure

Verse 17

وَيُسْقَوْنَ فِيهَا كَأْسًا كَانَ مِزَاجُهَا زَنجَبِيلًا

Transliteration wayus'qawna fīhā kasan kāna mizājuhā zanjabīlan

English And they will be given to drink a cup [of wine] whose mixture is of ginger

  1. وَيُسْقَوْنَwayus'qawnaAnd they will be given to drink
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. كَأْسًۭاkasana cup
  4. كَانَkānais
  5. مِزَاجُهَاmizājuhāits mixture
  6. زَنجَبِيلًاzanjabīlan(of) Zanjabil

Verse 18

عَيْنًا فِيهَا تُسَمَّىٰ سَلْسَبِيلًا

Transliteration ʿaynan fīhā tusammā salsabīlan

English [From] a fountain within it [i.e., Paradise] named Salsabeel.

  1. عَيْنًۭاʿaynanA spring
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. تُسَمَّىٰtusammānamed
  4. سَلْسَبِيلًۭاsalsabīlanSalsabil

Verse 19

۞ وَيَطُوفُ عَلَيْهِمْ وِلْدَٰنٌ مُّخَلَّدُونَ إِذَا رَأَيْتَهُمْ حَسِبْتَهُمْ لُؤْلُؤًا مَّنثُورًا

Transliteration wayaṭūfu ʿalayhim wil'dānun mukhalladūna idhā ra-aytahum ḥasib'tahum lu'lu-an manthūran

English There will circulate among them young boys made eternal. When you see them, you would think them [as beautiful as] scattered pearls.

  1. ۞ وَيَطُوفُwayaṭūfuAnd will circulate
  2. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimamong them
  3. وِلْدَٰنٌۭwil'dānunyoung boys
  4. مُّخَلَّدُونَmukhalladūnamade eternal
  5. إِذَاidhāWhen
  6. رَأَيْتَهُمْra-aytahumyou see them
  7. حَسِبْتَهُمْḥasib'tahumyou would think them
  8. لُؤْلُؤًۭاlu'lu-an(to be) pearls
  9. مَّنثُورًۭاmanthūranscattered

Verse 20

وَإِذَا رَأَيْتَ ثَمَّ رَأَيْتَ نَعِيمًا وَمُلْكًا كَبِيرًا

Transliteration wa-idhā ra-ayta thamma ra-ayta naʿīman wamul'kan kabīran

English And when you look there [in Paradise], you will see pleasure and great dominion.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. رَأَيْتَra-aytayou look
  3. ثَمَّthammathen
  4. رَأَيْتَra-aytayou will see
  5. نَعِيمًۭاnaʿīmanblessings
  6. وَمُلْكًۭاwamul'kanand a kingdom
  7. كَبِيرًاkabīrangreat

Verse 21

عَـٰلِيَهُمْ ثِيَابُ سُندُسٍ خُضْرٌ وَإِسْتَبْرَقٌ ۖ وَحُلُّوٓا۟ أَسَاوِرَ مِن فِضَّةٍ وَسَقَىٰهُمْ رَبُّهُمْ شَرَابًا طَهُورًا

Transliteration ʿāliyahum thiyābu sundusin khuḍ'run wa-is'tabraqun waḥullū asāwira min fiḍḍatin wasaqāhum rabbuhum sharāban ṭahūran

English Upon them [i.e., the inhabitants] will be green garments of fine silk and brocade. And they will be adorned with bracelets of silver, and their Lord will give them a purifying drink.

  1. عَـٰلِيَهُمْʿāliyahumUpon them
  2. ثِيَابُthiyābu(will be) garments
  3. سُندُسٍsundusin(of) fine silk
  4. خُضْرٌۭkhuḍ'rungreen
  5. وَإِسْتَبْرَقٌۭ ۖwa-is'tabraqunand heavy brocade
  6. وَحُلُّوٓا۟waḥullūAnd they will be adorned
  7. أَسَاوِرَasāwira(with) bracelets
  8. مِنminof
  9. فِضَّةٍۢfiḍḍatinsilver
  10. وَسَقَىٰهُمْwasaqāhumand will give them to drink
  11. رَبُّهُمْrabbuhumtheir Lord
  12. شَرَابًۭاsharābana drink
  13. طَهُورًاṭahūranpure

Verse 22

إِنَّ هَـٰذَا كَانَ لَكُمْ جَزَآءً وَكَانَ سَعْيُكُم مَّشْكُورًا

Transliteration inna hādhā kāna lakum jazāan wakāna saʿyukum mashkūran

English [And it will be said], "Indeed, this is for you a reward, and your effort has been appreciated."

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  3. كَانَkānais
  4. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  5. جَزَآءًۭjazāana reward
  6. وَكَانَwakānaand has been
  7. سَعْيُكُمsaʿyukumyour effort
  8. مَّشْكُورًاmashkūranappreciated

Verse 23

إِنَّا نَحْنُ نَزَّلْنَا عَلَيْكَ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ تَنزِيلًا

Transliteration innā naḥnu nazzalnā ʿalayka l-qur'āna tanzīlan

English Indeed, it is We who have sent down to you, [O Muḥammad], the Qur’ān progressively.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. نَحْنُnaḥnu[We]
  3. نَزَّلْنَاnazzalnā[We] revealed
  4. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  5. ٱلْقُرْءَانَl-qur'ānathe Quran
  6. تَنزِيلًۭاtanzīlanprogressively

Verse 24

فَٱصْبِرْ لِحُكْمِ رَبِّكَ وَلَا تُطِعْ مِنْهُمْ ءَاثِمًا أَوْ كَفُورًا

Transliteration fa-iṣ'bir liḥuk'mi rabbika walā tuṭiʿ min'hum āthiman aw kafūran

English So be patient for the decision of your Lord and do not obey from among them a sinner or ungrateful [disbeliever].

  1. فَٱصْبِرْfa-iṣ'birSo be patient
  2. لِحُكْمِliḥuk'mifor (the) Command
  3. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  4. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  5. تُطِعْtuṭiʿobey
  6. مِنْهُمْmin'humfrom them
  7. ءَاثِمًاāthimanany sinner
  8. أَوْawor
  9. كَفُورًۭاkafūrandisbeliever

Verse 25

وَٱذْكُرِ ٱسْمَ رَبِّكَ بُكْرَةً وَأَصِيلًا

Transliteration wa-udh'kuri is'ma rabbika buk'ratan wa-aṣīlan

English And mention the name of your Lord [in prayer] morning and evening

  1. وَٱذْكُرِwa-udh'kuriAnd remember
  2. ٱسْمَis'ma(the) name
  3. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  4. بُكْرَةًۭbuk'ratanmorning
  5. وَأَصِيلًۭاwa-aṣīlanand evening

Verse 26

وَمِنَ ٱلَّيْلِ فَٱسْجُدْ لَهُۥ وَسَبِّحْهُ لَيْلًا طَوِيلًا

Transliteration wamina al-layli fa-us'jud lahu wasabbiḥ'hu laylan ṭawīlan

English And during the night prostrate to Him and exalt [i.e., praise] Him a long [part of the] night.

  1. وَمِنَwaminaAnd of
  2. ٱلَّيْلِal-laylithe night
  3. فَٱسْجُدْfa-us'judprostrate
  4. لَهُۥlahuto Him
  5. وَسَبِّحْهُwasabbiḥ'huand glorify Him
  6. لَيْلًۭاlaylana night
  7. طَوِيلًاṭawīlanlong

Verse 27

إِنَّ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ يُحِبُّونَ ٱلْعَاجِلَةَ وَيَذَرُونَ وَرَآءَهُمْ يَوْمًا ثَقِيلًا

Transliteration inna hāulāi yuḥibbūna l-ʿājilata wayadharūna warāahum yawman thaqīlan

English Indeed, these [disbelievers] love the immediate and leave behind them a grave Day.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  3. يُحِبُّونَyuḥibbūnalove
  4. ٱلْعَاجِلَةَl-ʿājilatathe immediate
  5. وَيَذَرُونَwayadharūnaand leave
  6. وَرَآءَهُمْwarāahumbehind them
  7. يَوْمًۭاyawmana Day
  8. ثَقِيلًۭاthaqīlangrave

Verse 28

نَّحْنُ خَلَقْنَـٰهُمْ وَشَدَدْنَآ أَسْرَهُمْ ۖ وَإِذَا شِئْنَا بَدَّلْنَآ أَمْثَـٰلَهُمْ تَبْدِيلًا

Transliteration naḥnu khalaqnāhum washadadnā asrahum wa-idhā shi'nā baddalnā amthālahum tabdīlan

English We have created them and strengthened their forms, and when We will, We can change their likenesses with [complete] alteration.

  1. نَّحْنُnaḥnuWe
  2. خَلَقْنَـٰهُمْkhalaqnāhumcreated them
  3. وَشَدَدْنَآwashadadnāand We strengthened
  4. أَسْرَهُمْ ۖasrahumtheir forms
  5. وَإِذَاwa-idhāand when
  6. شِئْنَاshi'nāWe will
  7. بَدَّلْنَآbaddalnāWe can change
  8. أَمْثَـٰلَهُمْamthālahumtheir likeness[es]
  9. تَبْدِيلًاtabdīlan(with) a change

Verse 29

إِنَّ هَـٰذِهِۦ تَذْكِرَةٌ ۖ فَمَن شَآءَ ٱتَّخَذَ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِۦ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration inna hādhihi tadhkiratun faman shāa ittakhadha ilā rabbihi sabīlan

English Indeed, this is a reminder, so he who wills may take to his Lord a way.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihithis
  3. تَذْكِرَةٌۭ ۖtadhkiratun(is) a reminder
  4. فَمَنfamanso whoever
  5. شَآءَshāawills
  6. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhalet him take
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. رَبِّهِۦrabbihihis Lord
  9. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlana way

Verse 30

وَمَا تَشَآءُونَ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا

Transliteration wamā tashāūna illā an yashāa l-lahu inna l-laha kāna ʿalīman ḥakīman

English And you do not will except that Allāh wills. Indeed, Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. تَشَآءُونَtashāūnayou will
  3. إِلَّآillāexcept
  4. أَنanthat
  5. يَشَآءَyashāawills
  6. ٱللَّهُ ۚl-lahuAllah
  7. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. كَانَkānais
  10. عَلِيمًاʿalīmanAll-Knower
  11. حَكِيمًۭاḥakīmanAll-Wise

Verse 31

يُدْخِلُ مَن يَشَآءُ فِى رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۚ وَٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ أَعَدَّ لَهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًۢا

Transliteration yud'khilu man yashāu fī raḥmatihi wal-ẓālimīna aʿadda lahum ʿadhāban alīman

English He admits whom He wills into His mercy; but the wrongdoers - He has prepared for them a painful punishment.

  1. يُدْخِلُyud'khiluHe admits
  2. مَنmanwhom
  3. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  4. فِىfīinto
  5. رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۚraḥmatihiHis mercy
  6. وَٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَwal-ẓālimīnabut (for) the wrongdoers
  7. أَعَدَّaʿaddaHe has prepared
  8. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  9. عَذَابًاʿadhābana punishment
  10. أَلِيمًۢاalīmanpainful

Surah Al-Mursalat المرسلات verses 1–50

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

وَٱلْمُرْسَلَـٰتِ عُرْفًا

Transliteration wal-mur'salāti ʿur'fan

English By those [winds] sent forth in gusts

  1. وَٱلْمُرْسَلَـٰتِwal-mur'salātiBy the ones sent forth
  2. عُرْفًۭاʿur'fanone after another

Verse 2

فَٱلْعَـٰصِفَـٰتِ عَصْفًا

Transliteration fal-ʿāṣifāti ʿaṣfan

English And the winds that blow violently

  1. فَٱلْعَـٰصِفَـٰتِfal-ʿāṣifātiAnd the winds that blow
  2. عَصْفًۭاʿaṣfanviolently

Verse 3

وَٱلنَّـٰشِرَٰتِ نَشْرًا

Transliteration wal-nāshirāti nashran

English And [by] the winds that spread [clouds]

  1. وَٱلنَّـٰشِرَٰتِwal-nāshirātiAnd the ones that scatter
  2. نَشْرًۭاnashranfar and wide

Verse 4

فَٱلْفَـٰرِقَـٰتِ فَرْقًا

Transliteration fal-fāriqāti farqan

English And those [angels] who bring criterion

  1. فَٱلْفَـٰرِقَـٰتِfal-fāriqātiAnd those who separate
  2. فَرْقًۭاfarqan(by the) Criterion

Verse 5

فَٱلْمُلْقِيَـٰتِ ذِكْرًا

Transliteration fal-mul'qiyāti dhik'ran

English And those [angels] who deliver a message.

  1. فَٱلْمُلْقِيَـٰتِfal-mul'qiyātiAnd those who bring down
  2. ذِكْرًاdhik'ran(the) Reminder

Verse 6

عُذْرًا أَوْ نُذْرًا

Transliteration ʿudh'ran aw nudh'ran

English As justification or warning,

  1. عُذْرًاʿudh'ran(As) justification
  2. أَوْawor
  3. نُذْرًاnudh'ranwarning

Verse 7

إِنَّمَا تُوعَدُونَ لَوَٰقِعٌ

Transliteration innamā tūʿadūna lawāqiʿun

English Indeed, what you are promised is to occur.

  1. إِنَّمَاinnamāIndeed, what
  2. تُوعَدُونَtūʿadūnayou are promised
  3. لَوَٰقِعٌۭlawāqiʿunwill surely occur

Verse 8

فَإِذَا ٱلنُّجُومُ طُمِسَتْ

Transliteration fa-idhā l-nujūmu ṭumisat

English So when the stars are obliterated

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāSo when
  2. ٱلنُّجُومُl-nujūmuthe stars
  3. طُمِسَتْṭumisatare obliterated

Verse 9

وَإِذَا ٱلسَّمَآءُ فُرِجَتْ

Transliteration wa-idhā l-samāu furijat

English And when the heaven is opened

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. ٱلسَّمَآءُl-samāuthe heaven
  3. فُرِجَتْfurijatis cleft asunder

Verse 10

وَإِذَا ٱلْجِبَالُ نُسِفَتْ

Transliteration wa-idhā l-jibālu nusifat

English And when the mountains are blown away

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. ٱلْجِبَالُl-jibāluthe mountains
  3. نُسِفَتْnusifatare blown away

Verse 11

وَإِذَا ٱلرُّسُلُ أُقِّتَتْ

Transliteration wa-idhā l-rusulu uqqitat

English And when the messengers' time has come...

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. ٱلرُّسُلُl-rusuluthe Messengers
  3. أُقِّتَتْuqqitatare gathered to their appointed time

Verse 12

لِأَىِّ يَوْمٍ أُجِّلَتْ

Transliteration li-ayyi yawmin ujjilat

English For what Day was it postponed?

  1. لِأَىِّli-ayyiFor what
  2. يَوْمٍyawminDay
  3. أُجِّلَتْujjilatare (these) postponed

Verse 13

لِيَوْمِ ٱلْفَصْلِ

Transliteration liyawmi l-faṣli

English For the Day of Judgement.

  1. لِيَوْمِliyawmiFor (the) Day
  2. ٱلْفَصْلِl-faṣli(of) Judgment

Verse 14

وَمَآ أَدْرَىٰكَ مَا يَوْمُ ٱلْفَصْلِ

Transliteration wamā adrāka mā yawmu l-faṣli

English And what can make you know what is the Day of Judgement?

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd what
  2. أَدْرَىٰكَadrākawill make you know
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. يَوْمُyawmu(is the) Day
  5. ٱلْفَصْلِl-faṣli(of) the Judgment

Verse 15

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 16

أَلَمْ نُهْلِكِ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration alam nuh'liki l-awalīna

English Did We not destroy the former peoples?

  1. أَلَمْalamDid not
  2. نُهْلِكِnuh'likiWe destroy
  3. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīnathe former (people)

Verse 17

ثُمَّ نُتْبِعُهُمُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَ

Transliteration thumma nut'biʿuhumu l-ākhirīna

English Then We will follow them with the later ones.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. نُتْبِعُهُمُnut'biʿuhumuWe follow them up
  3. ٱلْـَٔاخِرِينَl-ākhirīna(with) the later ones

Verse 18

كَذَٰلِكَ نَفْعَلُ بِٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration kadhālika nafʿalu bil-muj'rimīna

English Thus do We deal with the criminals.

  1. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  2. نَفْعَلُnafʿaluWe deal
  3. بِٱلْمُجْرِمِينَbil-muj'rimīnawith the criminals

Verse 19

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 20

أَلَمْ نَخْلُقكُّم مِّن مَّآءٍ مَّهِينٍ

Transliteration alam nakhluqkkum min māin mahīnin

English Did We not create you from a liquid disdained?

  1. أَلَمْalamDid not
  2. نَخْلُقكُّمnakhluqkkumWe create you
  3. مِّنminfrom
  4. مَّآءٍۢmāina water
  5. مَّهِينٍۢmahīnindespicable

Verse 21

فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُ فِى قَرَارٍ مَّكِينٍ

Transliteration fajaʿalnāhu fī qarārin makīnin

English And We placed it in a firm lodging [i.e., the womb]

  1. فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُfajaʿalnāhuThen We placed it
  2. فِىfīin
  3. قَرَارٍۢqarārinan abode
  4. مَّكِينٍmakīninsafe

Verse 22

إِلَىٰ قَدَرٍ مَّعْلُومٍ

Transliteration ilā qadarin maʿlūmin

English For a known extent.

  1. إِلَىٰilāFor
  2. قَدَرٍۢqadarina period
  3. مَّعْلُومٍۢmaʿlūminknown

Verse 23

فَقَدَرْنَا فَنِعْمَ ٱلْقَـٰدِرُونَ

Transliteration faqadarnā faniʿ'ma l-qādirūna

English And We determined [it], and excellent [are We] to determine.

  1. فَقَدَرْنَاfaqadarnāSo We measured
  2. فَنِعْمَfaniʿ'maand Best
  3. ٱلْقَـٰدِرُونَl-qādirūna(are We to) measure

Verse 24

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 25

أَلَمْ نَجْعَلِ ٱلْأَرْضَ كِفَاتًا

Transliteration alam najʿali l-arḍa kifātan

English Have We not made the earth a container

  1. أَلَمْalamHave not
  2. نَجْعَلِnajʿaliWe made
  3. ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
  4. كِفَاتًاkifātana receptacle

Verse 26

أَحْيَآءً وَأَمْوَٰتًا

Transliteration aḥyāan wa-amwātan

English Of the living and the dead?

  1. أَحْيَآءًۭaḥyāan(For the) living
  2. وَأَمْوَٰتًۭاwa-amwātanand (the) dead

Verse 27

وَجَعَلْنَا فِيهَا رَوَٰسِىَ شَـٰمِخَـٰتٍ وَأَسْقَيْنَـٰكُم مَّآءً فُرَاتًا

Transliteration wajaʿalnā fīhā rawāsiya shāmikhātin wa-asqaynākum māan furātan

English And We placed therein lofty, firmly set mountains and have given you to drink sweet water.

  1. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāAnd We made
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. رَوَٰسِىَrawāsiyafirmly set mountains
  4. شَـٰمِخَـٰتٍۢshāmikhātinlofty
  5. وَأَسْقَيْنَـٰكُمwa-asqaynākumand We gave you to drink
  6. مَّآءًۭmāanwater
  7. فُرَاتًۭاfurātansweet

Verse 28

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 29

ٱنطَلِقُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ مَا كُنتُم بِهِۦ تُكَذِّبُونَ

Transliteration inṭaliqū ilā mā kuntum bihi tukadhibūna

English [They will be told], "Proceed to that which you used to deny.

  1. ٱنطَلِقُوٓا۟inṭaliqūProceed
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. مَاmāwhat
  4. كُنتُمkuntumyou used to
  5. بِهِۦbihiin it
  6. تُكَذِّبُونَtukadhibūnadeny

Verse 30

ٱنطَلِقُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ ظِلٍّ ذِى ثَلَـٰثِ شُعَبٍ

Transliteration inṭaliqū ilā ẓillin dhī thalāthi shuʿabin

English Proceed to a shadow [of smoke] having three columns.

  1. ٱنطَلِقُوٓا۟inṭaliqūProceed
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. ظِلٍّۢẓillina shadow
  4. ذِىdhīhaving
  5. ثَلَـٰثِthalāthithree
  6. شُعَبٍۢshuʿabincolumns

Verse 31

لَّا ظَلِيلٍ وَلَا يُغْنِى مِنَ ٱللَّهَبِ

Transliteration lā ẓalīlin walā yugh'nī mina l-lahabi

English [But having] no cool shade and availing not against the flame."

  1. لَّاlāNo
  2. ظَلِيلٍۢẓalīlincool shade
  3. وَلَاwalāand not
  4. يُغْنِىyugh'nīavailing
  5. مِنَminaagainst
  6. ٱللَّهَبِl-lahabithe flame

Verse 32

إِنَّهَا تَرْمِى بِشَرَرٍ كَٱلْقَصْرِ

Transliteration innahā tarmī bishararin kal-qaṣri

English Indeed, it throws sparks [as huge] as a fortress,

  1. إِنَّهَاinnahāIndeed, it
  2. تَرْمِىtarmīthrows up
  3. بِشَرَرٍۢbishararinsparks
  4. كَٱلْقَصْرِkal-qaṣrias the fortress

Verse 33

كَأَنَّهُۥ جِمَـٰلَتٌ صُفْرٌ

Transliteration ka-annahu jimālatun ṣuf'run

English As if they were yellowish [black] camels.

  1. كَأَنَّهُۥka-annahuAs if they (were)
  2. جِمَـٰلَتٌۭjimālatuncamels
  3. صُفْرٌۭṣuf'runyellow

Verse 34

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 35

هَـٰذَا يَوْمُ لَا يَنطِقُونَ

Transliteration hādhā yawmu lā yanṭiqūna

English This is a Day they will not speak,

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. يَوْمُyawmu(is) a Day
  3. لَاlānot
  4. يَنطِقُونَyanṭiqūnathey will speak

Verse 36

وَلَا يُؤْذَنُ لَهُمْ فَيَعْتَذِرُونَ

Transliteration walā yu'dhanu lahum fayaʿtadhirūna

English Nor will it be permitted for them to make an excuse.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. يُؤْذَنُyu'dhanuwill it be permitted
  3. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  4. فَيَعْتَذِرُونَfayaʿtadhirūnato make excuses

Verse 37

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 38

هَـٰذَا يَوْمُ ٱلْفَصْلِ ۖ جَمَعْنَـٰكُمْ وَٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration hādhā yawmu l-faṣli jamaʿnākum wal-awalīna

English This is the Day of Judgement; We will have assembled you and the former peoples.

  1. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  2. يَوْمُyawmu(is the) Day
  3. ٱلْفَصْلِ ۖl-faṣli(of) Judgment
  4. جَمَعْنَـٰكُمْjamaʿnākumWe have gathered you
  5. وَٱلْأَوَّلِينَwal-awalīnaand the former (people)

Verse 39

فَإِن كَانَ لَكُمْ كَيْدٌ فَكِيدُونِ

Transliteration fa-in kāna lakum kaydun fakīdūni

English So if you have a plan, then plan against Me.

  1. فَإِنfa-inSo if
  2. كَانَkānais
  3. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  4. كَيْدٌۭkayduna plan
  5. فَكِيدُونِfakīdūnithen plan against Me

Verse 40

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 41

إِنَّ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ فِى ظِلَـٰلٍ وَعُيُونٍ

Transliteration inna l-mutaqīna fī ẓilālin waʿuyūnin

English Indeed, the righteous will be among shades and springs

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلْمُتَّقِينَl-mutaqīnathe righteous
  3. فِىfī(will be) in
  4. ظِلَـٰلٍۢẓilālinshades
  5. وَعُيُونٍۢwaʿuyūninand springs

Verse 42

وَفَوَٰكِهَ مِمَّا يَشْتَهُونَ

Transliteration wafawākiha mimmā yashtahūna

English And fruits from whatever they desire,

  1. وَفَوَٰكِهَwafawākihaAnd fruits
  2. مِمَّاmimmāfrom what
  3. يَشْتَهُونَyashtahūnathey desire

Verse 43

كُلُوا۟ وَٱشْرَبُوا۟ هَنِيٓـًٔۢا بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration kulū wa-ish'rabū hanīan bimā kuntum taʿmalūna

English [Being told], "Eat and drink in satisfaction for what you used to do."

  1. كُلُوا۟kulūEat
  2. وَٱشْرَبُوا۟wa-ish'rabūand drink
  3. هَنِيٓـًٔۢاhanīan(in) satisfaction
  4. بِمَاbimāfor what
  5. كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
  6. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado

Verse 44

إِنَّا كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration innā kadhālika najzī l-muḥ'sinīna

English Indeed, We thus reward the doers of good.

  1. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, We
  2. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikathus
  3. نَجْزِىnajzīreward
  4. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 45

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 46

كُلُوا۟ وَتَمَتَّعُوا۟ قَلِيلًا إِنَّكُم مُّجْرِمُونَ

Transliteration kulū watamattaʿū qalīlan innakum muj'rimūna

English [O disbelievers], eat and enjoy yourselves a little; indeed, you are criminals.

  1. كُلُوا۟kulūEat
  2. وَتَمَتَّعُوا۟watamattaʿūand enjoy yourselves
  3. قَلِيلًاqalīlana little
  4. إِنَّكُمinnakumindeed, you
  5. مُّجْرِمُونَmuj'rimūna(are) criminals

Verse 47

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 48

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمُ ٱرْكَعُوا۟ لَا يَرْكَعُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā qīla lahumu ir'kaʿū lā yarkaʿūna

English And when it is said to them, "Bow [in prayer]," they do not bow.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. قِيلَqīlait is said
  3. لَهُمُlahumuto them
  4. ٱرْكَعُوا۟ir'kaʿūBow
  5. لَاlānot
  6. يَرْكَعُونَyarkaʿūnathey bow

Verse 49

وَيْلٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Transliteration waylun yawma-idhin lil'mukadhibīna

English Woe, that Day, to the deniers.

  1. وَيْلٌۭwaylunWoe
  2. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  3. لِّلْمُكَذِّبِينَlil'mukadhibīnato the deniers

Verse 50

فَبِأَىِّ حَدِيثٍۭ بَعْدَهُۥ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration fabi-ayyi ḥadīthin baʿdahu yu'minūna

English Then in what statement after it [i.e., the Qur’ān] will they believe?

  1. فَبِأَىِّfabi-ayyiThen in what
  2. حَدِيثٍۭḥadīthinstatement
  3. بَعْدَهُۥbaʿdahuafter it
  4. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawill they believe

Learn it in MyDugsi

Juz boundaries and word by word: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.